Nammcesa 000035 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 55
__________
L.E.P. 1- 4 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
6- 12
55-10-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
404, 419 151-199, 201-210, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
55-13-11 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

410
55-14-11 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

406- 408
55-16-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

402, 404, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 234-235, 239-249, 251-299,
406- 408, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509,
411, 413, 511-526, 528-599,
415
55-20-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

602, 608,
631- 632,
638, 640-
648
55-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 159-199, 211-249,

616, 619 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-31-11 TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

401, 403, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
406, 415, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
418- 419 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 051-099, 106-149, 201-249,
55-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 404, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
406- 407, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
409- 410, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
414- 417 511-526, 528-599,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

1, 3 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 153-199,
205-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
55-36-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

401, 404, CHANGED TOOL P/N FROM SL90-374-7500 INTO
407, 420 SL40-290-3125
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

406, 408 DELETED THE STEP FOR REMOVAL OF THE FIXTURE-
VERTICAL STABILIZER/RUDDER
55-40-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

620, 623- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 159-199, 211-249,
629 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

1, 3- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 159-199, 211-249,
4 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

401- 408 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 106-149, 159-199, 211-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

402- 403, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 235-235, 239-249, 251-299,
405, 407- 308-399, 501-509, 511-526,
408 528-599,

605 REVERSED STEP POSITIONS FOR REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION OF THE RUDDER SUPPORT STRUT
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 55-10-11 409 Feb01/98 55-12-11 709 Aug01/08

OF TEMP. 55-10-11 410 Nov01/07 55-12-11 710 Feb01/03
REVISION 55-10-11 411 Nov01/07 55-12-11 711 Feb01/03
55-10-11 412 Feb01/98 55-12-11 712 Feb01/03
L.E.P. R 1- 4 Feb01/10 55-10-11 413 Nov01/07
T. of C. 1 Feb01/04 55-10-11 414 Nov01/07 55-13-00 1 Aug01/04
T. of C. 2 May01/05 55-10-11 415 Feb01/06 55-13-00 2 Feb01/98
T. of C. 3 Nov01/05 55-10-11 416 Nov01/99 55-13-00 3 Aug01/04
T. of C. 4 May01/05 55-10-11 417 Feb01/98 55-13-11 401 Nov01/05
T. of C. 5 Aug01/09 55-10-11 418 Nov01/07 55-13-11 402 Nov01/05
T. of C. R 6 Feb01/10 55-10-11 R 419 Feb01/10 55-13-11 403 Nov01/05
T. of C. R 7 Feb01/10 55-10-11 420 Aug01/02 55-13-11 404 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 8 Feb01/10 55-13-11 405 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 9 Feb01/10 55-11-00 1 Feb01/98 55-13-11 406 May01/99
T. of C. R 10 Feb01/10 55-11-00 2 Feb01/98 55-13-11 407 Aug01/08
T. of C. R 11 Feb01/10 55-11-00 3 Feb01/98 55-13-11 408 Nov01/06
T. of C. R 12 Feb01/10 55-13-11 409 Nov01/06
55-12-00 1 Aug01/04 55-13-11 R 410 Feb01/10
55-00-00 1 Feb01/98 55-12-00 2 Nov01/98 55-13-11 411 Aug01/09
55-00-00 2 Feb01/98 55-12-11 401 Feb01/98 55-13-11 412 Nov01/08
55-12-11 402 May01/99 55-13-11 413 Nov01/05
55-10-00 1 Feb01/98 55-12-11 403 May01/99 55-13-11 414 Nov01/06
55-10-00 2 Feb01/98 55-12-11 404 May01/08
55-10-00 3 Feb01/98 55-12-11 405 May01/08 55-14-00 1 Feb01/98
55-10-00 601 Feb01/04 55-12-11 406 May01/08 55-14-00 2 Feb01/98
55-10-00 602 Nov01/09 55-12-11 407 Aug01/09 55-14-11 401 Feb01/98
55-10-00 603 Nov01/09 55-12-11 408 Nov01/08 55-14-11 402 Feb01/98
55-10-00 604 Feb01/04 55-12-11 409 May01/08 55-14-11 403 Feb01/98
55-10-00 605 Aug01/03 55-12-11 410 Feb01/98 55-14-11 404 Feb01/98
55-10-00 606 Feb01/04 55-12-11 411 Feb01/98 55-14-11 405 Feb01/98
55-10-00 607 Nov01/09 55-12-11 601 May01/05 55-14-11 R 406 Feb01/10
55-10-00 608 Feb01/04 55-12-11 602 May01/05 55-14-11 R 407 Feb01/10
55-10-00 609 Feb01/04 55-12-11 603 May01/05 55-14-11 R 408 Feb01/10
55-10-00 610 Nov01/09 55-12-11 604 May01/05 55-14-11 409 Nov01/08
55-10-11 401 Feb01/98 55-12-11 701 Aug01/01
55-10-11 402 Nov01/07 55-12-11 702 Nov01/04 55-15-00 1 Feb01/98
55-10-11 403 Aug01/02 55-12-11 703 Aug01/01 55-15-00 2 Feb01/98
55-10-11 R 404 Feb01/10 55-12-11 704 Aug01/08 55-15-11 401 Feb01/99
55-10-11 405 Feb01/98 55-12-11 705 Feb01/03 55-15-11 402 Feb01/99
55-10-11 406 Feb01/98 55-12-11 706 Feb01/03 55-15-11 403 Feb01/98
55-10-11 407 Feb01/98 55-12-11 707 Feb01/03 55-15-11 404 May01/05
55-10-11 408 Feb01/98 55-12-11 708 Nov01/04 55-15-11 405 Feb01/98
55-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
55-15-11 406 Nov01/08 55-16-34 605 Feb01/98 55-20-00 R 602 Feb01/10

55-15-11 407 Aug01/02 55-16-34 606 Aug01/02 55-20-00 603 Feb01/09
55-15-11 408 Aug01/02 55-16-34 607 May01/06 55-20-00 604 Aug01/07
55-15-11 409 Feb01/99 55-16-34 608 Aug01/02 55-20-00 605 Aug01/07
55-15-11 410 Feb01/99 55-16-34 609 Aug01/02 55-20-00 606 Nov01/09
55-15-11 411 May01/05 55-16-34 610 May01/03 55-20-00 607 Aug01/07
55-15-11 412 May01/05 55-16-34 611 May01/06 55-20-00 R 608 Feb01/10
55-15-11 413 Feb01/08 55-16-38 401 Nov01/09 55-20-00 609 Feb01/09
55-15-11 414 Feb01/08 55-16-38 402 Nov01/09 55-20-00 610 Nov01/09
55-16-38 403 Feb01/06 55-20-00 611 Feb01/09
55-16-00 1 Feb01/98 55-16-38 404 Feb01/98 55-20-00 612 Nov01/09
55-16-00 2 Feb01/98 55-16-38 405 Nov01/09 55-20-00 613 Aug01/07
55-16-00 3 Feb01/98 55-16-38 406 Nov01/09 55-20-00 614 Aug01/07
55-16-00 4 Feb01/98 55-16-38 407 May01/06 55-20-00 615 Feb01/09
55-16-00 601 Feb01/04 55-16-38 408 May01/06 55-20-00 616 Feb01/09
55-16-00 602 Nov01/09 55-16-38 409 Nov01/09 55-20-00 617 Nov01/09
55-16-00 603 Nov01/09 55-16-38 410 Nov01/09 55-20-00 618 Feb01/09
55-16-00 604 Feb01/98 55-16-38 411 Feb01/06 55-20-00 619 Aug01/07
55-16-00 605 Feb01/98 55-16-42 401 Nov01/98 55-20-00 620 Aug01/07
55-16-00 606 Feb01/04 55-16-42 402 Nov01/07 55-20-00 621 Nov01/09
55-16-00 607 Nov01/09 55-16-42 403 Nov01/07 55-20-00 622 Feb01/09
55-16-00 608 Nov01/09 55-16-42 404 Nov01/07 55-20-00 623 Feb01/09
55-16-00 609 Feb01/98 55-16-42 405 Nov01/07 55-20-00 624 Nov01/09
55-16-00 610 Feb01/00 55-16-42 406 Nov01/07 55-20-00 625 Feb01/09
55-16-00 611 Feb01/04 55-16-42 407 Nov01/07 55-20-00 626 Aug01/07
55-16-00 612 Nov01/09 55-16-42 408 Nov01/07 55-20-00 627 Nov01/09
55-16-00 613 Feb01/00 55-16-42 409 Aug01/09 55-20-00 628 Aug01/07
55-16-00 614 Nov01/09 55-16-42 410 Nov01/07 55-20-00 629 Feb01/09
55-16-00 615 May01/05 55-16-42 411 Nov01/07 55-20-00 630 Nov01/09
55-16-00 616 Feb01/00 55-16-42 412 Nov01/07 55-20-00 R 631 Feb01/10
55-16-00 617 Feb01/00 55-16-42 413 Nov01/07 55-20-00 R 632 Feb01/10
55-16-00 618 May01/05 55-16-48 401 Feb01/98 55-20-00 633 Nov01/09
55-16-00 619 May01/09 55-16-48 R 402 Feb01/10 55-20-00 634 Nov01/09
55-16-00 620 May01/05 55-16-48 403 Nov01/09 55-20-00 635 Aug01/08
55-16-00 621 May01/09 55-16-48 R 404 Feb01/10 55-20-00 636 Nov01/09
55-16-00 622 May01/05 55-16-48 405 Aug01/09 55-20-00 637 Nov01/09
55-16-34 401 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 406 Feb01/10 55-20-00 R 638 Feb01/10
55-16-34 402 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 407 Feb01/10 55-20-00 639 Nov01/09
55-16-34 403 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 408 Feb01/10 55-20-00 N 640 Feb01/10
55-16-34 404 Nov01/99 55-16-48 409 Aug01/09 55-20-00 N 641 Feb01/10
55-16-34 405 Nov01/09 55-16-48 410 Nov01/09 55-20-00 N 642 Feb01/10
55-16-34 406 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 411 Feb01/10 55-20-00 N 643 Feb01/10
55-16-34 407 May01/03 55-16-48 412 Aug01/09 55-20-00 N 644 Feb01/10
55-16-34 408 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 413 Feb01/10 55-20-00 N 645 Feb01/10
55-16-34 409 Nov01/09 55-16-48 414 Aug01/09 55-20-00 N 646 Feb01/10
55-16-34 410 Nov01/09 55-16-48 R 415 Feb01/10 55-20-00 N 647 Feb01/10
55-16-34 411 Nov01/99 55-16-48 416 Nov01/09 55-20-00 N 648 Feb01/10
55-16-34 601 Feb01/04
55-16-34 602 Nov01/09 55-20-00 1 Feb01/98 55-21-00 1 Aug01/04
55-16-34 603 Nov01/09 55-20-00 2 Feb01/98 55-21-00 2 Feb01/98
55-16-34 604 Feb01/98 55-20-00 601 Feb01/09
55-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
55-22-00 1 Feb01/98 55-30-00 611 Feb01/08 55-32-11 412 May01/05

55-22-00 2 Feb01/98 55-30-00 612 Feb01/07 55-32-11 413 Aug01/08
55-22-11 401 Feb01/08 55-30-00 613 May01/07 55-32-11 R 414 Feb01/10
55-22-11 402 Nov01/05 55-30-00 614 May01/07 55-32-11 R 415 Feb01/10
55-22-11 403 Feb01/08 55-30-00 615 May01/07 55-32-11 R 416 Feb01/10
55-22-11 404 Nov01/05 55-30-00 R 616 Feb01/10 55-32-11 R 417 Feb01/10
55-22-11 405 May01/07 55-30-00 617 May01/07 55-32-11 418 Feb01/08
55-22-11 406 Aug01/09 55-30-00 618 May01/07 55-32-11 419 May01/04
55-22-11 407 Feb01/08 55-30-00 R 619 Feb01/10 55-32-11 701 Feb01/08
55-22-11 408 Aug01/08 55-32-11 702 Feb01/08
55-22-11 409 Aug01/08 55-31-00 1 Aug01/04 55-32-11 703 Aug01/08
55-31-00 2 Feb01/98 55-32-11 704 Aug01/04
55-24-00 1 Feb01/98 55-31-11 R 401 Feb01/10 55-32-11 705 Feb01/08
55-24-00 2 Feb01/98 55-31-11 402 Feb01/08 55-32-11 706 Feb01/08
55-24-11 401 Aug01/09 55-31-11 R 403 Feb01/10 55-32-11 707 Feb01/04
55-24-11 402 Aug01/07 55-31-11 404 Aug01/01
55-24-11 403 Aug01/07 55-31-11 405 Feb01/99 55-33-00 R 1 Feb01/10
55-24-11 404 Aug01/09 55-31-11 R 406 Feb01/10 55-33-00 2 Feb01/98
55-24-11 405 Aug01/07 55-31-11 407 Feb01/99 55-33-00 R 3 Feb01/10
55-24-11 406 Aug01/07 55-31-11 408 Feb01/98 55-33-00 601 Feb01/03
55-24-11 407 Aug01/07 55-31-11 409 Feb01/08 55-33-00 602 Feb01/03
55-24-11 408 Aug01/09 55-31-11 410 Feb01/99 55-33-00 603 Aug01/03
55-24-11 409 Aug01/07 55-31-11 411 Feb01/99 55-33-00 604 Aug01/03
55-24-11 410 Aug01/09 55-31-11 412 May01/04 55-33-00 605 Aug01/03
55-24-11 411 Aug01/09 55-31-11 413 May01/04 55-33-00 606 Aug01/08
55-24-11 412 Aug01/07 55-31-11 414 Feb01/08 55-33-00 607 Feb01/03
55-24-11 413 Aug01/07 55-31-11 R 415 Feb01/10 55-33-13 201 Aug01/02
55-24-11 414 Aug01/09 55-31-11 416 May01/09 55-33-13 202 Aug01/02
55-31-11 417 May01/09 55-33-13 203 Aug01/02
55-26-00 1 Feb01/98 55-31-11 R 418 Feb01/10 55-33-13 204 Aug01/02
55-26-00 2 Feb01/98 55-31-11 R 419 Feb01/10 55-33-13 205 Nov01/08
55-26-00 601 Nov01/09 55-31-11 420 Feb01/08 55-33-13 206 Feb01/08
55-26-00 602 Nov01/09 55-31-11 421 Feb01/08 55-33-13 207 Aug01/02
55-26-00 603 Aug01/07 55-31-11 422 Feb01/08 55-33-13 208 Aug01/02
55-26-00 604 Nov01/09 55-31-11 423 Feb01/03 55-33-13 401 Aug01/01
55-26-00 605 Aug01/07 55-31-11 424 Feb01/03 55-33-13 402 Aug01/01
55-26-00 606 Nov01/09 55-33-13 403 Aug01/01
55-32-00 1 Feb01/08 55-33-13 404 Feb01/98
55-30-00 1 Aug01/04 55-32-00 2 May01/02 55-33-13 405 Nov01/08
55-30-00 2 Feb01/98 55-32-00 3 Feb01/08 55-33-13 406 Nov01/08
55-30-00 3 Aug01/04 55-32-11 R 401 Feb01/10 55-33-13 407 Aug01/02
55-30-00 601 Feb01/98 55-32-11 R 402 Feb01/10 55-33-13 408 Nov01/03
55-30-00 602 Nov01/03 55-32-11 R 403 Feb01/10 55-33-13 409 Nov01/03
55-30-00 603 Aug01/01 55-32-11 R 404 Feb01/10 55-33-13 410 Nov01/03
55-30-00 604 Aug01/01 55-32-11 405 Feb01/08 55-33-13 411 Feb01/08
55-30-00 605 Feb01/98 55-32-11 R 406 Feb01/10 55-33-13 412 Feb01/08
55-30-00 606 Feb01/98 55-32-11 R 407 Feb01/10 55-33-13 413 Feb01/08
55-30-00 607 Feb01/07 55-32-11 408 May01/05 55-33-13 414 Feb01/08
55-30-00 608 Feb01/08 55-32-11 R 409 Feb01/10 55-33-13 415 Nov01/08
55-30-00 609 Feb01/07 55-32-11 R 410 Feb01/10 55-33-13 416 Feb01/09
55-30-00 610 Feb01/08 55-32-11 411 May01/05 55-33-13 417 Feb01/09
55-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
55-33-13 418 Feb01/08 55-40-00 2 Feb01/98 55-43-19 405 Nov01/08

55-40-00 601 Feb01/02 55-43-19 406 Nov01/08
55-34-00 1 Aug01/04 55-40-00 602 Aug01/08 55-43-19 407 Feb01/99
55-34-00 2 Feb01/98 55-40-00 603 Aug01/99 55-43-19 408 Feb01/98
55-34-11 401 Feb01/08 55-40-00 604 Feb01/01 55-43-19 409 Feb01/98
55-34-11 402 Feb01/00 55-40-00 605 Aug01/99
55-34-11 403 Feb01/08 55-40-00 606 Aug01/08 55-44-00 1 Aug01/04
55-34-11 404 Feb01/98 55-40-00 607 Aug01/99 55-44-00 2 Feb01/98
55-34-11 405 Feb01/08 55-40-00 608 Feb01/09 55-44-11 401 Feb01/08
55-34-11 406 Nov01/08 55-40-00 609 Aug01/01 55-44-11 R 402 Feb01/10
55-34-11 407 Aug01/00 55-40-00 610 Aug01/01 55-44-11 R 403 Feb01/10
55-34-11 408 Feb01/08 55-40-00 611 Aug01/01 55-44-11 404 Feb01/08
55-34-11 409 Feb01/98 55-40-00 612 Aug01/01 55-44-11 R 405 Feb01/10
55-40-00 613 May01/04 55-44-11 406 Feb01/07
55-36-00 1 Feb01/98 55-40-00 614 Aug01/01 55-44-11 R 407 Feb01/10
55-36-00 2 Feb01/98 55-40-00 615 Aug01/99 55-44-11 R 408 Feb01/10
55-36-00 601 Feb01/98 55-40-00 616 Aug01/99 55-44-11 409 Feb01/07
55-36-00 602 Nov01/04 55-40-00 617 May01/04 55-44-11 410 Feb01/07
55-36-00 603 Nov01/04 55-40-00 618 May01/04
55-36-00 604 Nov01/04 55-40-00 619 May01/05 55-46-00 1 Aug01/04
55-36-41 R 401 Feb01/10 55-40-00 R 620 Feb01/10 55-46-00 2 Feb01/98
55-36-41 402 Aug01/07 55-40-00 621 May01/05 55-46-00 601 Aug01/08
55-36-41 403 Nov01/07 55-40-00 622 Feb01/02 55-46-00 602 Feb01/07
55-36-41 R 404 Feb01/10 55-40-00 R 623 Feb01/10 55-46-00 603 Aug01/08
55-36-41 405 Nov01/07 55-40-00 N 624 Feb01/10 55-46-00 604 Aug01/08
55-36-41 406 Feb01/02 55-40-00 N 625 Feb01/10 55-46-00 R 605 Feb01/10
55-36-41 R 407 Feb01/10 55-40-00 N 626 Feb01/10 55-46-00 606 Aug01/08
55-36-41 408 Feb01/02 55-40-00 N 627 Feb01/10 55-46-11 401 Nov01/08
55-36-41 409 May01/08 55-40-00 N 628 Feb01/10 55-46-11 402 Aug01/01
55-36-41 410 May01/08 55-40-00 N 629 Feb01/10 55-46-11 403 Nov01/08
55-36-41 411 Feb01/09 55-46-11 404 Feb01/98
55-36-41 412 Feb01/08 55-41-00 R 1 Feb01/10 55-46-11 405 Nov01/09
55-36-41 413 Nov01/07 55-41-00 2 May01/05 55-46-11 406 Nov01/08
55-36-41 414 Nov01/07 55-41-00 R 3 Feb01/10 55-46-11 407 Nov01/08
55-36-41 415 Nov01/07 55-41-00 R 4 Feb01/10 55-46-11 408 Nov01/08
55-36-41 416 Nov01/07 55-46-11 409 Aug01/01
55-36-41 417 Feb01/09 55-42-13 R 401 Feb01/10
55-36-41 418 May01/08 55-42-13 R 402 Feb01/10
55-36-41 419 May01/08 55-42-13 R 403 Feb01/10
55-36-41 R 420 Feb01/10 55-42-13 R 404 Feb01/10
55-36-41 421 May01/08 55-42-13 R 405 Feb01/10
55-36-48 401 Aug01/01 55-42-13 R 406 Feb01/10
55-36-48 402 Aug01/01 55-42-13 R 407 Feb01/10
55-36-48 403 Feb01/98 55-42-13 R 408 Feb01/10
55-36-48 404 Feb01/98
55-36-48 405 May01/03 55-43-00 1 Aug01/04
55-36-48 R 406 Feb01/10 55-43-00 2 Feb01/98
55-36-48 407 Aug01/01 55-43-19 401 Feb01/98
55-36-48 R 408 Feb01/10 55-43-19 402 Feb01/99
55-43-19 403 Feb01/98
55-40-00 1 Aug01/04 55-43-19 404 Feb01/98
55-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
STABILIZERS - GENERAL
_____________________ 55-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
_____________________
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER 55-10-00
General. 1 ALL
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer 1 ALL
(THS).
Description. 1 ALL
THS Description. 1 ALL
Primary Structural Components. 1 ALL
Components. 1 ALL
Load Transmittal. 3 ALL
THS Control. 3 ALL
THS Removal. 3 ALL
______________________
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER 55-10-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Horizontal 601 ALL
Stabilizer Internal Structure of
Torque Box Inboard of Fuselage
Fairings
Stabilizer Internal Structure of
Torque Box Outboard of Fuselage
Fairings, LH/RH
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER 55-10-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Trimmable 401 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer
Preparation for Installation 411 ALL
Installation of the Trimmable 414 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX 55-11-00

General. 1 ALL
THS Spar Box. 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Primary Components. 1 ALL
Rear Spar Attachments. 1 ALL
55-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/04
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Hoisting Points. 1 ALL
Resting Points. 1 ALL
Levelling Points. 1 ALL
Center Joint. 3 ALL
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER LEADING 55-12-00

EDGE
General. 1 ALL
The leading edge of the 1 ALL
trimmable horizontal stabilizer
(THS) is found in the zones 331
(left hand) and 341 (right
hand). Each leading edge has
Description. 1 ALL
Leading Edge Assembly. 1 ALL
Primary Ribs. 1 ALL
Leading-edge Sections. 1 ALL
Ribs and Skin. 1 ALL
Leading edge Intersection. 1 ALL
LEADING EDGE - THS 55-12-11
Removal of the Horizontal 401 ALL
Stabilizer Leading Edge
Installation of the Horizontal 406 ALL
Stabilizer Leading Edge
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-049, 051-060
101-101,
Inspection-Trimmable Horizontal 601 001-049, 051-060
Stabilizer Leading Edge 101-101,
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Prepare THS LE for Anti-Erosion 701 ALL
Protection Application
Prepare THS LE for Paint 707 ALL
Application
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRAILING 55-13-00

EDGE
General. 1 ALL
The trailing edge of the 1 ALL
trimmable horizontal stabilizer
(THS) is found in zones 334 (LH)
and 344 (RH). It makes a smooth
55-CONTENTS Page 2
May 01/05
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
surface between the
Description 1 ALL
THS Trailing-edge Components. 1 ALL
Rib Attachment. 1 ALL
Panel Assemblies. 1 ALL
Access Panels. 1 ALL
Lightening Strike Protection. 1 ALL
THS Trailing-edge Sealing. 3 ALL
ACCES PANEL - TRAILING EDGE 55-13-11
Remove/Open of the THS Trailing 401 ALL
Edge Access Panels
Install/Close of the THS Trailing 410 ALL
Edge Access Panels
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TIPS 55-14-00

General. 1 ALL
The tips of the trimmable 1 ALL
horizontal stabilizer (THS) are
the left-hand (LH) and
right-hand (RH) outer fairings.
Description. 1 ALL
THS Tips. 1 ALL
Tip Electrical Bonding. 1 ALL
TIPS - TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER 55-14-11
Removal of the Tips 332AB/342AB 401 ALL
Installation of the Tips 405 ALL
332AB/342AB
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER APRON 55-15-00

General 1 ALL
Component Location. 1 ALL
Description. 1 ALL
APRON - TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL 55-15-11
STABILIZER
Removal of the Apron 401 ALL
333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
Installation of the Apron 406 ALL
333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH 55-16-00
55-CONTENTS Page 3
Nov 01/05
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FITTINGS
General. 1 ALL
Different attach fittings are 1 ALL
installed on the spar boxes and
the center joint of the
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS).
Description. 1 ALL
THS Attachment Fittings. 1 ALL
THS Adjustment. 1 ALL
THS Hinge Arms. 4 ALL
Elevator Support Strut. 4 ALL
Elevator Servo-control 4 ALL
Attachment Fittings.
Ground Support Equipment 4 ALL
Fittings.
Hoisting and Resting Points. 4 ALL
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH 55-16-00

FITTINGS
Stabilizer Rear Support Fittings,
Upper and Lower Attach Fittings
and Surrounding External
Structure, LH/RH
Stabilizer, Upper and Lower Joint
Fittings, External Surfaces, 5
Rearmost Rows of Fasteners
Stabilizer Hinge Fittings and
Support Ribs and Actuator Fittings
for the Elevator, LH/RH
Inspection of the Torque Values of 619 051-051,
the Upper and Lower THS Support
Attach Fittings
ATTACH FITTINGS - THS ACTUATOR ARM 55-16-34
Removal of the THS Actuator Arms 401 ALL
Attach Fittings
Installation of THS Actuator Arms 406 ALL
Attach Fittings
ATTACH FITTINGS - THS ACTUATOR ARM 55-16-34
55-CONTENTS Page 4
May 01/05
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Stabilizer Jack Fitting and
Surrounding External Structure
In Service Wear Limits of the THS 606 ALL
Actuator Arm Attach Fittings
BEARINGS - SUPPORT 55-16-38
Removal of the Horizontal 401 ALL
Stabilizer Support Bearings
Installation of the Horizontal 406 ALL
Stabilizer Support Bearings
HINGE ARM FITTINGS - ELEVATOR 55-16-42
Removal of the Elevator Hinge Arm 401 ALL
End Fittings
Installation of the Elevator Hinge 408 ALL
Arm End Fittings
SUPPORT STRUTS - ELEVATOR 55-16-48
Removal of the Elevator Support 401 ALL
Struts
Installation of the Elevator 409 ALL
Support Struts
_________
ELEVATORS 55-20-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
__________
ELEVATORS 55-20-00
Special Detailed Inspection of 601 ALL
Elevator Top and Bottom Skin
Panels in Area of Hinge Supports
2, 3 and 4 and Actuator Fittings 1
and 2, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of Elevator 609 ALL
Panels, Internal Structure as far
as visible
Detailed Inspection of Elevator 616 ALL
Hinge Fittings and Actuator
Fittings, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of Outboard 623 ALL
55-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Rib, LH/RH
Special Detailed Inspection of 630 001-049, 051-099
Elevator Top and Bottom Skin 101-105, 151-199
Panels with Elevator Removal 201-233, 236-238
301-303,
Special Detailed Inspection of 640 001-049, 051-099
Elevator Top and Bottom Skin 101-105, 151-199
Panels without Elevator Removal 201-233, 236-238
301-303,
ELEVATOR SPAR BOX 55-21-00

General. 1 ALL
Elevator Spar Box. 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Elevator Components. 1 ALL
Skin Panels. 1 ALL
Elevator Fittings. 1 ALL
Hoisting Points. 1 ALL
Water Drainage. 1 ALL
ELEVATOR LEADING EDGE 55-22-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
LEADING EDGE - ELEVATOR 55-22-11
Removal of the Elevator Leading 401 ALL
Edge Access Panels 335AB (345AB),
335BB (345BB), 335CB (345CB),
335DB (345DB).
Installation of the Elevator 405 ALL
Leading Edge Access Panels 335AB
(345AB), 335BB (345BB), 335CB
(345CB), 335DB (345DB).
ELEVATOR TIPS AND INBOARD END CAPS 55-24-00

General. 1 ALL
Each elevator has a tip and an 1 ALL
inboard end cap. The tips are
installed on the outboard ends
of the elevators. The inboard
end caps are installed on
Description. 1 ALL
Inboard End Caps. 1 ALL
55-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Tips. 1 ALL
TIPS AND END/CAPS - ELEVATOR 55-24-11
Removal of the Elevator Tips and 401 ALL
Inboard End Caps.
Installation of the Elevator Tips 410 ALL
and End Caps.
ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS 55-26-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS 55-26-00

Check of Elevator Attachment 601 ALL
Fittings for wear, LH/RH
___________________
VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-30-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
The Spar Box 1 ALL
Fittings 1 ALL
Leading Edge 1 ALL
Trailing Edge 1 ALL
Tip 3 ALL
____________________
VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-30-00
Detailed Visual Inspection of 601 ALL
Vertical Stabilizer Center Box
Internal Structure as far as
Visible, Front Spar FWD Face Upper
Closing Rib Upper Surface
Detailed Visual inspection of the 607 ALL
Hinge Arm 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 and
the Fin Actuator Fittings 1, 2 and
3
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 613 ALL
Rudder Hinge Arm 6 and 7
55-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
VERTICAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX 55-31-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Spar Box Structure 1 ALL
SPAR BOX - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-31-11
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer 401 ALL
Installation of the Vertical 415 ALL
Stabilizer
VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE 55-32-00

General 1 ALL
Component location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Leading Edge Structure 1 001-049, 051-099
101-105,
Leading Edge Structure 1 ALL
LEADING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-32-11
Leading-Edge
Stabilizer Leading-Edge
LEADING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-32-11
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer 701 ALL
Leading - Edge for Anti-Erosion
Protection Application
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE 55-33-00

General 1 ALL
Component location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Trailing Edge Structure 1 001-049, 051-061
101-105, 151-152
201-204,
Trailing Edge Structure 1 062-099, 106-149
153-199, 205-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
55-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE 55-33-00

Inspection of the Vertical 601 ALL
Stabilizer Trailing Edge
Access-Panels for Missing
Fasteners
TRAILING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-33-13
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Opening/Removal of the Trailing 201 ALL
Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER,
325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL
and 325BR
Closing/Installation of the 205 ALL
Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR,
325BL and 325BR
TRAILING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-33-13
Removal of the Trailing Edge 401 ALL
Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL,
325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
325BR
Installation of the Trailing Edge 405 ALL
Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL,
325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
325BR
Removal of the Foil from the 411 ALL
Access-Holes on the Vertical
Stabilizer Rear-Spar
Installation of the Foil on the 415 ALL
Access-Holes on the Vertical
stabilizer Rear-Spar
VERTICAL STABILIZER TIP 55-34-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 ALL
Structure
TIP - VERTICAL STABILIZER 55-34-11
Tip
55-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Stabilizer Tip
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-36-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-36-00

Vertical Stabilizer Attach
Fittings Including the Load
Introduction Area at the Skin
Panels
ATTACH FITTINGS - HINGE ARM 55-36-41
Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings 401 ALL
No. 1 thru No. 7
Installation of the Hinge Arm 411 ALL
Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7
SUPPORT STRUT - RUDDER 55-36-48
Removal of the Rudder Support 401 ALL
Strut
Installation of the Rudder Support 405 ALL
Strut
______
RUDDER 55-40-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Rudder Structure 1 ALL
_______
RUDDER 55-40-00
Special Detailed Inspection of the 601 ALL
Rudder Side Panels in the Area of
the Rudder Bearings and around the
Trailing Edge Fasteners and
Hoisting Points (LH/RH)
55-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Rudder Side Panels Internal
Surfaces
Rudder Attach Fittings 1, 2, 3, 4
and 5 and the Rudder Actuator
Attach Fittings 1, 2 and 3
Rudder Attach Fittings 6 and 7
Special Detailed Inspection of 624 ALL
Honeycomb Core of the Rudder side
panel, LH/RH
RUDDER MAIN STRUCTURE 55-41-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
ACCESS PANEL 55-42-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 106-149, 159-199
211-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Access Panel 326CT 401 106-149, 159-199
at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7 211-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Access Panel 405 106-149, 159-199
326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting 211-249, 251-299
No. 7 301-399, 401-499
501-509, 511-526
528-599,
RUDDER FILLET FAIRING 55-43-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
RUDDER FILLET FAIRING - INSTL 55-43-19
Removal of the Rudder Fillet 401 ALL
Fairing
Preparation of the Rudder Fillet 405 ALL
Fairing for Installation
Installation of the Rudder Fillet 406 ALL
55-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 55
__________
STABILIZERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Fairing
RUDDER TIP 55-44-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
RUDDER TIP 55-44-11
Removal of the Rudder Tip 401 ALL
Installation of the Rudder Tip 406 ALL
RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-46-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Attach Fittings Location 1 ALL
RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-46-00

Inspection of the Rudder Hinge 601 ALL
Bearings 1 thru 7 for Axial or
Radial Movement
HINGE BEARING NO. 6 - RUDDER 55-46-11
Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing 401 ALL
No. 6
Installation of Rudder Hinge 405 ALL
Bearing No.6
55-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
STABILIZERS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The tail assembly has a vertical stabilizer, a rudder assembly, a trimmable
horizontal stabilizer and two elevator assemblies.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. ___________
Description
The primary structural components of the stabilizers (spars, ribs and skin
panels) are made of laminations of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
All other components are made of the same material, or Glassfiber Reinforced
Plastic (GFRP) or of light alloy.
Three independant hydraulic systems control the rudder and the elevators.
You can trim the horizontal stabilizer and the rudder.
You can remove the stabilizers completely.

EFF :

ALL 55-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Stabilizers
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).

- The Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) is installed to the fuselage
tail section. It has the supporting structure for the left-hand (LH)
and right-hand (RH) elevator.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPAR BOX 330/ 55-11-00
340
LEADING EDGE 330/ 55-12-00
340
TRAILING EDGE 330/ 55-13-00
340
TIPS 330/ 55-14-00
340
APRON 330/ 55-15-00
340
ATTACH FITTINGS 330/ 55-16-00
340
3. ____________
Description.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. THS Description.
- The THS is installed in a large cut-out at the fuselage tail section.
It is connected to the fuselage at three points. The connecting points
are at the THS actuator and at the two hinge points on either side of
the fuselage.
B. Primary Structural Components.

- The primary structural components of the THS are the LH and RH spar
boxes and the center joint. All other components are attached to the LH
and RH spar boxes.
C. Components.
- The other components are the leading edge, the trailing edge, the tips,
the aprons and the attach fittings. Except for the attach fittings, you
can remove all components for repair and/or maintenance.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
D. Load Transmittal.
- All loads on the THS are transmitted through fittings. The fittings are
installed to the center joint and to the rear spars of the spar boxes.
E. THS Control.
- You can control the angle of incidence of the THS. The travel ranges
are 13.5 degrees nose down to 4.0 degrees nose up.
F. THS Removal.
- You can remove the THS as a complete unit.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/98

CES
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
TASK 55-10-00-210-001
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Internal Structure of Torque Box

R Inboard of Fuselage Fairings
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 551012-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 3.0 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
98D27903500000 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 601
Feb 01/04

CES
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
R ASRM 55110001
55-10-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-10-00-860-050
A. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-10-00-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
Subtask 55-10-00-481-050
C. Install Locking Devices
(1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 602
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-10-00-941-050
D. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the hydraulic systems.
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 313 for the left hand
sparbox and/or zone 314 for the right hand sparbox.
Subtask 55-10-00-010-050
E. Access
(1) Open the access doors 312AR, 314AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-10-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-10-00-210-050
A. Detailed Inspection
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer internal

structure of the torque box inboard fuselage fairings, thru the
lightening holes, for:
- deterioration of the structure,
- stringer debonding and delamination,
- rib shear ties debonding,
- spar flanges debonding.
R (2) If damage is found, look for allowable damage limits (Ref. ASRM
R 55110001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-10-00-410-052
A. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 603
Nov 01/09

CES
R THS Sparbox Internal Structure Inboard Fuselage Fairings
Figure 601/TASK 55-10-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 604
Feb 01/04

CES
Subtask 55-10-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 312AR, 314AR.
Subtask 55-10-00-942-050
C. Remove Ground Equipment
(1) Remove the warning notice(s).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 55-10-00-081-050
D. Remove Locking Pins
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.
Subtask 55-10-00-865-051
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 605
Aug 01/03
R
CES
TASK 55-10-00-210-002
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Internal Structure of Torque Box

R Outboard of Fuselage Fairings, LH/RH
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific variable access platform

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 606
Feb 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-12-11-000-001 Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer Leading Edge
55-12-11-400-001 Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer Leading
Edge
R 55-13-11-000-001 Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
R 55-13-11-400-001 Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
55-14-11-000-001 Removal of the Tips 332AB/342AB
55-14-11-400-001 Installation of the Tips 332AB/342AB
R ASRM 55110001
55-10-00-991-002 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-10-00-860-051
(1) Depressurize the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003)
Subtask 55-10-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 607
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-10-00-481-051
controllers.
Subtask 55-10-00-941-051
(3) Put the variable access platform in position at zone 330 for the left
hand torque box and/or zone 340 for the right hand torque box.
Subtask 55-10-00-010-051
E. Access
(1) Remove the THS leading edge (Ref. TASK 55-12-11-000-001).
(2) Remove/open the trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-
001).
(3) Remove the THS tips 332AB, 342AB. (Ref. TASK 55-14-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-10-00-991-002)
Subtask 55-10-00-210-052
R A. Detailed Inspection
R (1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer internal

R structure
R of the torque box outboard of fuselage fairings, thru the lightening
R holes, for:
- stringer debonding and delamination,

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 608
Feb 01/04

CES
R THS Torque Box Internal Structure Outboard Fuselage Fairings
Figure 602/TASK 55-10-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 609
Feb 01/04

CES
R 55110001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-10-00-410-053
items.
Subtask 55-10-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install/close the trailing edge access panels. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-
400-001)
(2) Install the THS leading edge (Ref. TASK 55-12-11-400-001).
(3) Install the THS tips 332AB, 342AB. (Ref. TASK 55-14-11-400-001).
Subtask 55-10-00-942-051
Subtask 55-10-00-081-051
D. Remove Locking Devices
controllers.
Subtask 55-10-00-865-053
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-10-00

Page 610
Nov 01/09

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 55-10-11-000-001
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane
No specific electrical blanking caps and plugs
No specific hydraulic blanking caps
No specific variable access platform
No specific NSA 9006-12B
No specific 35D55182822000
R 98D55109005000 2 SLING-HORIZONTAL STABILIZER, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

Actuator (9CE)
49-11-11-000-001 Removal of the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) - 4005KM
(GTCP 36-300)
49-11-11-000-003 Removal of the Power Plant (APU) (APS 3200)
51-00-00-615-002 Aircraft Cleaning after a Hydraulic Fluid Leakage
53-53-11-000-001 Removal of the Horizontal Support Struts between FR74
and FR77
53-56-11-000-001 Removal of the Support Fittings of the Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
53-58-11-000-006 Removal of the Fuselage Tail Cone
55-15-11-000-001 Removal of the Apron 333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
55-10-11-991-001 Fig. 401
55-10-11-991-002 Fig. 402
55-10-11-991-003 Fig. 403
55-10-11-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 402
Nov 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-10-11-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the trimmable horizontal stabilizer is set to the
neutral position.
Subtask 55-10-11-860-050
B. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-10-11-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-10-11-481-050
D. Install Locking Devices
(1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O
side stick controllers.
Subtask 55-10-11-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the variable access platform in position at zones 311/312 and
330/340.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 403
Aug 01/02
R
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,
R 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-10-11-020-050
F. Remove Related Items
(1) Remove the 35D55182822000 from the hoisting points.
(2) Install the NSA 9006-12B hoisting lugs.
(3) Remove the APU (Ref. TASK 49-11-11-000-001).
(4) Remove the tail cone (Ref. TASK 53-58-11-000-006).
(5) Remove the THS aprons (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-000-001).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 55-10-11-020-050-A
F. Remove Related Items
(1) Remove the 35D55182822000 from the hoisting points.
(2) Install the NSA 9006-12B hoisting lugs.
(3) Remove the APU (Ref. TASK 49-11-11-000-003).
(4) Remove the tail cone (Ref. TASK 53-58-11-000-006).
(5) Remove the THS aprons (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-10-11-941-051
G. Attach Support Equipment
(1) Put the crane with the SLING-HORIZONTAL STABILIZER,

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D55109005000) in position and attach the
cables to the hoisting lugs.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-10-11-991-001, 402/TASK 55-10-11-991-002, 403/TASK

55-10-11-991-003, 404/TASK 55-10-11-991-004)
Subtask 55-10-11-020-051
A. Disconnect Electrical Connectors.
(1) Remove the bolts (11), the washers (12), the spacers (14),the clamps
(13) and the nuts (15) and disconnect the electrical connectors
7114VC-A (1), 7432 VC-A (2), 7144VC-A (3), 7104VC-A (4) and 7146 VC-A
(5).
(2) Remove the bolts (11), the washers (12), the spacers (14), the clamps
(13) and the nuts (15) and disconnect the electrical connectors
7137VC-A (10), 7433VC-A (9), 7105VC-A (8), 7131VC-A (7) and 7133VC-A
(6).
(3) Put electrical blanking caps and plugs on the disconnected electrical
connectors and receptacles.
Subtask 55-10-11-020-052
B. Disconnect Bonding Connections.
(1) Remove the nuts (28), the bolts (25) and the washers (26).
(2) Disconnect the bonding leads (27).
Subtask 55-10-11-020-053
C. Disconnect Hydraulic Systems.
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
Fig. Electrical Connections.
Figure 401/TASK 55-10-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 406
Feb 01/98

CES
Fig. Bonding Connections.
Figure 402/TASK 55-10-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 407
Feb 01/98

CES
Fig. Hydraulic Connections.
Figure 403/TASK 55-10-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 408
Feb 01/98

CES
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Sling.
Figure 404/TASK 55-10-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 409
Feb 01/98

CES
CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS PUT CAPS ON DISCONNECTED HOSES AND FITTINGS. IF
_______
YOU DO NOT DO THIS, YOU MAY CAUSE:
- CONTAMINATION OF THE HOSES,
- DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS,
- HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS.
IF HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS OCCUR OR IF YOU LET HYDRAULIC FLUID
FALL, YOU MUST CLEAN IT UP IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Disconnect the flexible hoses (38) and (39).
(2) Put hydraulic blanking caps on the disconnected hose ends.
(3) Remove the unwanted hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 51-00-00-615-002).
Subtask 55-10-11-010-050
D. Remove Struts
(1) Remove the diagonal support struts (Ref. TASK 53-53-11-000-001).
Subtask 55-10-11-010-051
E. Remove Support Fittings
(1) Remove the THS support fittings at the pivot points of the horizontal
stablizer (Ref. TASK 53-56-11-000-001).
Subtask 55-10-11-010-052
F. Remove Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(1) Disconnect the lower attachment of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-
51-000-001)
(2) Move THS clear of aircraft and lower onto the THS support cradle.
Subtask 55-10-11-942-050
G. Remove Support Equipment
R (1) Remove the SLING-HORIZONTAL STABILIZER, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

R (98D55109005000).

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 410
Nov 01/07

CES
TASK 55-10-11-560-001
Preparation for Installation
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific crane
No specific CRANE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 411
Nov 01/07

CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-10-11-860-053
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is in the CAPT and F/O side
stick controllers.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the flight
compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(4) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to operate the hydraulic systems.
(5) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zones 311/312
and 330/340.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-10-11-110-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Clean all connecting hardwear with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
002).

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 412
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-10-11-941-052
B. Attach Support Equipment
R (1) Put the CRANE with the SLING-HORIZONTAL STABILIZER,

R REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (98D55109005000) in position and attach the
cables to the hoisting lugs.
(2) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables, adjust as
necessary to get an equal tension on the cables.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 413
Nov 01/07

CES
TASK 55-10-11-400-001
Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electrical blanking caps and plugs

No specific hydraulic blanking caps
No specific 35D55182822000

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 414
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720

COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-41-00-720-001 Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel

Related to the Mechanical Indicator
27-41-00-820-001 Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
27-44-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer Actuator with the Individual Hydraulic
Systems
27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS) Actuator (9CE)
49-11-11-400-001 Installation of the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) -
4005KM (GTCP 36-300)
49-11-11-400-003 Installation of the Power Plant (APU) (APS 3200)
53-53-11-400-001 Installation of the Horizontal Support Struts between
R FR74 and FR77
53-56-11-400-001 Installation of the Support Fittings of the Trimmable
53-58-11-400-007 Installation of the Fuselage Tail Cone
55-15-11-400-001 Installation of the Apron 333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
55-10-11-991-001 Fig. 401
55-10-11-991-002 Fig. 402
55-10-11-991-003 Fig. 403
55-10-11-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-10-11-860-051
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is in position in the CAPT
and F/O side stick controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 415
Feb 01/06

CES
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the flight
compartment to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(5) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zones 311/312
and 330/340.
Subtask 55-10-11-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________

55-10-11-991-003, 404/TASK 55-10-11-991-004)
Subtask 55-10-11-420-051
A. Prepare for Installation
(1) Raise the THS clear of the support cradle and move it to the install
position.
Subtask 55-10-11-420-050
B. Install Lower Attachment
(1) Install the lower attachment of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-
400-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 416
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 55-10-11-410-050
C. Install Support Fittings
(1) Install the THS support fittings at the pivot points of the
horizontal stabilizer (Ref. TASK 53-56-11-400-001).
Subtask 55-10-11-410-051
D. Install Struts
(1) Install the diagonal support struts (Ref. TASK 53-53-11-400-001).
Subtask 55-10-11-020-055
E. Connect Hydraulic, Bonding and Electrical Connectors
(1) Connect the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM
YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU
GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(a) Remove the hydraulic blanking caps from the hydraulic pipes and
hoses.
(b) Connect the flexible hoses (38 and (39).
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is removed if it drops

____
onto components or structure.
(2) Connect the bonding connections.
(a) Connect the bonding leads (27), and attach them with the bolts
(25), the washers (26) and the nuts (28).
(b) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the bonding

connections.
(3) Connect the electrical connections.
(a) Remove the electrical blanking caps and plugs and connect the
electrical connectors 7114VC-A (1), 7432VC-A (2), 7144VC-A (3),
7104VC-A (4) and 7146VC-A (5).

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 417
Feb 01/98

CES
(b) Install the clamps (13), the bolts (11), the washers (12), the
spacers (14) and the nuts (15).
(c) Remove the electrical blanking caps and plugs and connect the
electrical connectors 7137VC-A (10), 7433VC-A (9), 7105VC-A (8),
7131VC-A (7) and 7133VC-A (6).
(d) Install the clamps (13), the bolts (11), the washers (12), the
spacers (14) and the nuts (15).
Subtask 55-10-11-020-054
F. Remove the Hoisting Equipment.
R (1) Remove the SLING-HORIZONTAL STABILIZER, REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

R (98D55109005000) from the horizontal stabilizer.
(2) Remove the hoisting lugs.
(3) Install the 35D55182822000 plugs.
NOTE : When installed the plugs must fit flush to the skin of the
____
horizontal stabilizer.
Subtask 55-10-11-081-050
G. Remove Locking Devices
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and
F/O side stick controllers.
Subtask 55-10-11-865-051
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 19CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE3, 19CE1, 15CE2
Subtask 55-10-11-720-050
J. Functional Test
(1) Adjust the THS at zero position (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-001)
(2) Do a functional test of the THS (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 418
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-10-11-710-050
K. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test on the THS flight control system (Ref. TASK
27-44-00-710-002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-10-11-410-053
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-10-11-410-052
B. Install Related Items
(1) Install the tail cone (Ref. TASK 53-58-11-400-007).
(2) Install the APU (Ref. TASK 49-11-11-400-001).
(3) Install the THS apron (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-400-001).
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 55-10-11-410-052-A
B. Install Related Items
(1) Install the tail cone (Ref. TASK 53-58-11-400-007).
(2) Install the APU (Ref. TASK 49-11-11-400-003).
(3) Install the THS apron (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-10-11-942-051

EFF :

ALL 55-10-11

Page 420
Aug 01/02

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. THS Spar Box.

- The horizontal stabilizer spar box is the primary structural component
of the horizontal stabilizer. All other components are attached to it.
The completed horizontal stabilizer has a left-hand (LH) spar box, a
right-hand (RH) spar box and a center joint. These three components
make a single unit which you can not disassemble. They are made of
laminations of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. Primary Components.
- The primary components of the LH and the RH spar boxes are a front
spar, a rear spar, 13 ribs (R2 thru R14) and an upper and a lower skin
shell. Hi-Lok fasteners attach them. Integrated stringers make the skin
shells stronger.
B. Rear Spar Attachments.

- Each rear spar has six hinge arms and a diagonal strut to hold the
elevators. Two fittings for the attachment of the elevator servo
control units are installed in line with R7 and R8. The rear spars also
have the LH and RH aft attach fittings for the installation of the
horizontal stabilizer. The attach fittings connect the horizontal
stabilizer to the structure of the rear fuselage. They are installed in
line with R3 and R4.
C. Hoisting Points.
- The LH and RH spar boxes each have two hoisting points on the upper
surface. Each hoisting point has a hoisting plug which is installed in
the spar box structure, the hoisting points make a smooth surface with
the stabilizer. When you use the hoisting points you must remove the
hoisting plugs and install the hoisting lugs in position.
D. Resting Points.
- To put the horizontal stabilizer on a support when it is removed, the
spar box has resting points. Each side has four resting points on the
lower surface. Each resting point has a plug which is installed in the
spar box structure. When you use the resting points, you must remove
the plugs and install the rest ing pins.
E. Levelling Points.
- The LH and RH spar boxes each have four levelling points on the lower
surface.

EFF :

ALL 55-11-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Horizontal Stabilizer Spar Box
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-11-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
F. Center Joint.
- The center joint connects the LH and RH spar boxes to make one unit. It
has the forward attach fittings of the horizontal stabilizer. The
attach fittings attach the horizontal stabilizer to the trim actuator.

EFF :

ALL 55-11-00

Page 3
Feb 01/98

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. The leading edge of the trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) is found in

the zones 331 (left hand) and 341 (right hand). Each leading edge has
three sections.
R 2. ____________
Description.
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R A. Leading Edge Assembly.

- The leading edge assembly (left hand and right hand) has:
- three primary ribs,
- one outboard leading-edge section,
- one inboard leading-edge section,
- one leading-edge intersection.
R B. Primary Ribs.
- The primary ribs (R1, R12 and R25) are attached to the spar box with
Hi-Lok fasteners. these ribs are made of laminations of Carbon Fiber
Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). Each rib has anchor nuts to permit
installation of the leading- edge sections.
R C. Leading-edge Sections.
- The inboard and outboard leading-edge sections are installed to the
primary ribs and to the spar box with countersunk screws. Ribs make the
leading-edge sections stronger (R2 thru R11 and R13 thru R26). Hi-Lok
fasteners attach the ribs to the skin of the leading-edge.
R D. Ribs and Skin.

- The ribs and the skin are made of laminations of CFRP. the front part
of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has a stainless steel
protection. It is bonded to the leading edge.
R E. Leading edge Intersection.

- The leading edge intersection is installed to R1 and to the spar box.
Countersunk screws attach the intersection to the R1 and to the spar
box. The leading edge intersection is made of laminations of CFRP on a
honeycomb core. A rubber strip is installed to the intersection. It
seals the gap between the fuselage skin and the leading edge
intersection.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
R THS Leading Edge
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-12-00

Page 2
Nov 01/98

CES
LEADING EDGE - THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 55-12-11-000-001
Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer Leading Edge
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To get access to the front spar of the spar box.

To replace damaged leading edge sections.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401
R 55-12-11-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-12-11-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-12-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-12-11-481-050
(1) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 402
May 01/99

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-941-050
(1) Put the warning notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not
horizontal stabilizer leading edge and/or zone 340 for the right hand
horizontal stabilizer leading edge.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-12-11-991-001, 402/TASK 55-12-11-991-006)
NOTE : Only the removal of the left hand leading edge is shown. The removal
____
of the right hand leading edge is the same. Identify all hardware for
reinstallation.
Subtask 55-12-11-020-058
A. Removal of Leading Edge
(1) Remove the inboard and the outboard leading edge (2) and (3).
(a) Remove the screws (4), (5) and (6) from the leading edge sections
(2) and (3).
(b) Remove the leading edge sections (2) and (3).
(2) Remove the leading edge intersection (1).
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the leading edge intersection (1).
(b) Remove the leading edge intersection (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 403
May 01/99

CES
R Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Leading-Edge
Figure 401/TASK 55-12-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 404
May 01/08

CES
R Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Leading Edge Left Hand
Figure 402/TASK 55-12-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 405
May 01/08

CES
TASK 55-12-11-400-001
Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer Leading Edge
_______
_______
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nonmetallic scraper

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 406
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401
55-12-11-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-12-11-860-054
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that thePIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is in the CAPT and F/O side
sick controllers.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to
tell persons not to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 407
Aug 01/09

CES
(5) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 330
and/or 340.
Subtask 55-12-11-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-12-11-991-001, 402/TASK 55-12-11-991-006)
NOTE : Only the installation of the LH leading edge is shown. The

____
installation of the RH leading edge is the same.
Subtask 55-12-11-560-050
A. Prepare the components for installation:
(1) Make sure that the rubber strip (7) is in good condition.
NOTE : If necessary, replace the rubber strip (7).

____
(2) Make sure that the anchor nuts are in good condition.
(3) Remove the old sealant from the mating surfaces of the leading edge
sections, the ribs and the spar box upper and lower shells. Use a
nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008).

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 55-12-11-420-050
B. Install the leading edge intersection (1).
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating surfaces along the
leading edge rib 1 and the spar box upper and lower shell.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating surfaces
of the leading edge intersection (1).
(3) Put the leading edge intersection (1) in position.
(4) Make sure that the rubber strip (7) touches the fuselage skin.
(5) Install the screws (4).
Subtask 55-12-11-420-051
C. Install the inboard and outboard leading edge sections (2) and (3).
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating surfaces along the
leading edge ribs and the spar box upper and lower shells.
of the leading edge sections (2) and (3).
(3) Put the leading edge sections (2) and (3) in position.
(4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the screws (5) and (6).
(5) Install the screws (4), (5) and (6). Do not tight the screws at this
time.
(6) Let the sealant cure
R (7) TORQUE the screws (4), (5) and (6) to between 0.20 and 0.28 m.daN
R (17.69 and 24.77 lbf.in).
Subtask 55-12-11-914-051
D. Sealing
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the gap around each leading
edge section (2) and (3) and the leading edge intersection (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 409
May 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-110-050
E. Cleaning
(1) Remove the unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008).
(2) Clean the surface of the leading edge with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-003)
Subtask 55-12-11-081-050
F. Remove Locking Pins
Subtask 55-12-11-865-051
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 55-12-11-710-050
H. Operational Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Operate the horizontal stabilizer through the full range of travel.
Make sure that the rubber strip does not deform against the fuselage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-12-11-410-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 410
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-942-052
B. Remove Ground Equipment
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 411
Feb 01/98

CES
LEADING EDGE - THS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 55-12-11-200-001
Inspection-Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Leading Edge
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 55-12-11

Page 601
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-12-11-860-051
(1) Depressurize the Green,Yellow, and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-12-11-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-12-11-481-051
controllers.
Subtask 55-12-11-941-051
to operate the flight controls

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 55-12-11

Page 602
May 01/05

CES
trimmable horizontal stabilizer leading edge and/or zone 344 for the
right hand trimmable horizontal stabilizer leading edge.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-12-11-210-051
(1) Examine the leading edge sections to make sure that:

- there is no distortion
- there are no loose screws
- there is no damage to the anti-erosion stainless steel covers
- there is no damage to the paint finish.
NOTE : If you find damage, make sure that the damage is within the
____
limits given in the SRM 55-12-00.
NOTE : The stainless steel anti-erosion covers are not painted.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-12-11-410-051
items.
Subtask 55-12-11-942-054
Subtask 55-12-11-081-051
C. Remove Locking Devices
controllers.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 55-12-11

Page 603
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-865-055
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-060, 101-101, 55-12-11

Page 604
May 01/05

CES
LEADING EDGE - THS - CLEANING/PAINTING
______________________________________
TASK 55-12-11-100-001
Prepare THS LE for Anti-Erosion Protection Application
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To clean the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer leading edge and to repair the
Polyurethane tape anti-erosion protection.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 701
Aug 01/01
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-065 C Z-24.380

EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017 GB S27-8006
BONDING METAL/METAL (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-001 Repair of Major Paint Damage on Light Alloy and
Composite Material
55-12-11-991-002 Fig. 701

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 702
Nov 01/04

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-12-11-860-052
(1) Depressurise the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-12-11-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-12-11-481-052
controllers.
Subtask 55-12-11-941-052
to operate the flight controls
horizontal stabilizer leading edge and/or zone 344 for the right hand
horizontal stabilizer leading edge.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 703
Aug 01/01
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 55-12-11-991-002)
Subtask 55-12-11-110-052
A. Cleaning.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Clean the leading edge surface with a Lint free cloth and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
- Apply the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to the cloth, not
the cloth to the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003). This will
prevent the transfer of contamination.
- Carefully clean a small area at a time and remove the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) before it becomes dry. Use a new lint
free cloth frequently to make sure that the dirt and contamination
is not put back on the surface.
- If necessary use a soft brush to clean out any holes.
(2) When the area is clean, wash it with fresh clean water.
(3) Carefully dry the area with a new, dry, lint free cloth.
Subtask 55-12-11-370-050-B
B. Treatment before the Repair of Polyurethane Tape 3M.
(1) If the paint or primer layers are damaged do a repair. (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-001).
(2) Apply new polyurethane tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-065)
to the leading edge surface. (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001)
(3) Seal the edges of the tape with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017).
NOTE : No edge sealer: once the PU tape has been applied, the
____
aircraft can fly immediatelly. However, we would recommend to
wait one hour in order to allow a better adhesion of the tape.
NOTE : Edge sealer application: the edge sealer can be applied

____
immediately after the PU tape installation.Nevertheless,
before the first flight, the operator should respect one hour
the curing time of the edge sealer.
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 55-12-11-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 704
Aug 01/08

CES
R Cleaning/Repair Area and Dimensions
R Figure 701/TASK 55-12-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 705
Feb 01/03

CES
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-12-11-210-054
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 55-12-11-942-053
Subtask 55-12-11-081-052
controllers.
R Subtask 55-12-11-865-053-A
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 706
Feb 01/03

CES
TASK 55-12-11-100-002
Prepare THS LE for Paint Application
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To clean the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer leading edge and to repair the
paint areas.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27903500000 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 707
Feb 01/03

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-011
SCOTCH BRITE PADS (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
55-12-11-991-005 Fig. 702
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-12-11-860-053
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-12-11-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 708
Nov 01/04

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-481-053
controllers.
Subtask 55-12-11-941-053
trimmable horizontal stabilizer leading edge and/or zone 344 for the
right hand trimmable horizontal stabilizer leading edge.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 55-12-11-991-005)
Subtask 55-12-11-110-053
A. Cleaning.
_______
(1) Clean the leading edge surface with a Lint free cloth and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
- Apply the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to the cloth, not
the cloth to the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003). This will
prevent the transfer of contamination.
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) before it becomes dry. Use a new lint
free cloth frequently to make sure that the dirt and contamination
is not put back on the surface.
(2) When the area is clean, wash it with fresh clean water.
(3) Carefully dry the area with a new, dry, lint free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 709
Aug 01/08

CES
Cleaning/Repair Area
R Figure 702/TASK 55-12-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 710
Feb 01/03

CES
Subtask 55-12-11-370-051
B. Treatment before Painting
NOTE : Only the leading edge areas not covered by the stainless steel
____
anti-erosion sections are painted. The stainless steel
anti-erosion sections are not painted.
(1) If the paint or primer layers are damaged do a repair (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-001).
(2) If necessary, carefully smooth the surface to be painted with a

MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-011) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003). Make sure that the primer layer does not show.
(3) Remove the abrasive grit and clean the surface with a new
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-011) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
(4) Remove the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) before it becomes
dry, make sure you do not touch the prepared surface with your hand.
(5) Apply paint to the prepared area on the THS LE (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-
300-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-12-11-210-055
items.
Subtask 55-12-11-942-055

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 711
Feb 01/03
R
CES
Subtask 55-12-11-081-053
controllers.
Subtask 55-12-11-865-059
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-12-11

Page 712
Feb 01/03

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. The trailing edge of the trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) is found

in zones 334 (LH) and 344 (RH). It makes a smooth surface between the
stabilizer spar box and the elevators.
R 2. ___________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R A. THS Trailing-edge Components.

R - On each side of the THS the trailing edge has:
R - 10 ribs
R - 4 panel assemblies on the upper surface
R - 4 panel assemblies on the lower surface
R - 4 access panels on the lower surface
R B. Rib Attachment.
R - The ribs are attached to the rear spar and the upper and lower shell of
R the spar box. Hi-Lok fasteners attach the ribs to these components. The
R ribs are made of laminations of Carbon-Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP)
R Each rib has anchor nuts for the installation of the panel assemblies
R and the access panels.
R C. Panel Assemblies.
R - The panel assemblies are installed to the trailing edge ribs and to the
R rear edge of the upper and lower shell. Countersunk screws attach the
R panel assemblies to these components. The panels are made of CFRP on a
R honeycomb core.
R D. Access Panels.
R - The access panels are installed to the ribs and the rear edge of the
R lower shell. Countersunk screws attach the panels to these components.
R The panels have piano hinges to make access easier. The panels are made
R of CFRP on a honeycomb core.
R E. Lightening Strike Protection.

R - The TE servoactuator access panels and panel assemblies are made from a
R Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) internal facing, a honeycomb
R core, and an aluminum external facing. The aluminum facing is bonded
R and riveted to the internal facing of the panel. Bonding straps
R complete the installation and form a Faraday screen around the
R servo-actuator.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
THS Trailing Edge
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-13-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
R F. THS Trailing-edge Sealing.
R - There are sealing strips installed along the rear edge of the panel
R assemblies and the access panels. They keep dirt out of the trailing
R edge.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-00

Page 3
Aug 01/04

CES
ACCES PANEL - TRAILING EDGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 55-13-11-000-001
R Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To get access to the elevator servo-control units.

To remove/install the elevator.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 401
Nov 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-13-11-860-050
(1) Depressurize the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001). (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)
Subtask 55-13-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU LIGHTING/LOGO/L 2LY V03
122VU LIGHTING/LOGO/R 1LY V02
Subtask 55-13-11-481-050
controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 402
Nov 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 55-13-11-941-050
trailing edge access panels and/or zone 344 for the right hand
trailing edge access panels.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-13-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-13-11-020-050
R A. Remove/Open the access Panels
(1) Remove the lower trailing-edge hinged access panels.
NOTE : The removal of the access panel 334FB is given. The removal of
____
all other access panels is the same.
(a) Remove the screws (2) and open access panel (6).
(b) Remove the screws (7), (8) and (9), the nuts (10) and the washers
(11).
(c) Remove the access panel (6).
NOTE : To remove access panel 334DB(LH) and/or 344DB(RH) you must

____
remove the nut (22), the washer (23) and the bolt (26)
which hold the bonding lead (25) to the bracket (24) at
two positions.
(2) Removal of the lower trailing-edge access panels.
NOTE : The removal of the panel 334EB is given. The removal of all
____
other trailing-edge panels is the same.
(a) Remove the screws (1) and (2).
(b) Remove the panel (5).

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 403
Nov 01/05

CES
R THS Trailing Edge
Figure 401/TASK 55-13-11-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 404
Nov 01/06

CES
R THS Trailing Edge

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 405
Nov 01/06

CES
(3) Removal of the upper trailing-edge access panels.
NOTE : The removal of the panel 334CT is given. The removal of all
____
other upper trailing-edge access panels is the same. For the
removal of the panels 334CT(LH) and/or 344CT(RH) you must
first open the lower panels 334FB (LH) and/or 344FB (RH).
(a) Remove the screws (1), (2) and (3), the nuts (10) and the washers
(11).
(b) Remove the panel (4).
NOTE : To remove access panel 334BT(LH) and/or 344BT(RH) you must

____
R open the lower panels 334DB(LH) and/or 344DB(RH) first,
R then remove the nut (22), the washer (23) and the bolt
R (26) which hold the bonding lead (25) to the bracket (24)
R at two positions.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 406
May 01/99

CES
TASK 55-13-11-560-001
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 407
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-13-11-860-051
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003):
stick controllers.
and/or zone 344.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-13-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-13-11-140-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Remove the old sealant from the mating surfaces of the panels. Use a
nonmetallic scraper.
R (2) Remove the old sealant around the anchor nuts of the ribs. Use a
R nonmetallic scraper.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 408
Nov 01/06

CES
Subtask 55-13-11-110-050
B. Cleaning
(1) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
Subtask 55-13-11-210-050
C. Visual Inspection
R (1) Make sure that the anchor nuts and the sealing strips are in a good
R condition.
R

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 409
Nov 01/06

CES
TASK 55-13-11-400-001
Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
_______
_______

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
GEAR.
_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
_______
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-13-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-13-11-860-052
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
stick controllers.
tell persons not to operate the flight controlls.
and/or zone 344.

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 411
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-13-11-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-13-11-914-050
C. Apply Sealants
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the mating surfaces of the
panels.
(2) Apply separator agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) along
the mating surfaces of skin shells and the trailing edge ribs.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-13-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-13-11-420-050
A. Install Access Panels
(1) Install the upper trailing-edge access-panels.
(a) Put the panel (4) in position.
(b) Wet Install the screws (1), (2) and (3) with SEALANTS (Material
No. 09-005).
(c) Torque the abovementioned screws to between 25 and 35 lbf.in

(0.28 and 0.39 m.daN).

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 412
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(d) Install the washers (11) and the nuts (10).
NOTE : On access panel 334BT(LH) and/or 344BT(RH) install the

____
bolt (26) through the bonding lead (25), the bracket (24),
the washer (23) and the nut (22) at two positions.
(2) Install the lower trailing-edge access-panels.
(a) Put the panel (5) in position.
(b) Wet install the screws (1) and (2) with SEALANTS (Material No.
09-005).

(0.28 and 0.39 m.daN).
R (3) Install/Close the lower trailing-edge hinged-access-panels.
(a) Put the access panel (6) in position.
(b) Wet install the screws (7), (8) and (9) with SEALANTS (Material
No. 09-005).

(0.28 and 0.39 m.daN).
(d) Install the washers (11) and the nuts (10).
NOTE : On access panel 334DB(LH) and/or 344DB(RH) install the

____
bolt (26) through the bonding lead (25), the bracket (24),
the washer (23) and the nut (22) at two positions.
(e) Close the panel (6), and wet install the screws (2) with SEALANTS
(f) Torque the abovementioned screws to between 25 and 35 lbf.in

(0.28 and 0.39 m.daN).
Subtask 55-13-11-110-051
B. Cleaning
(1) Clean the gaps around the trailing edge panels with CLEANING AGENTS

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 413
Nov 01/05

CES
Subtask 55-13-11-914-051
C. Apply Sealants
R (1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the anchor nuts of the
R ribs.
R (2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the gaps along the mating
surfaces of the trailing edge panels.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-13-11-210-051
items.
Subtask 55-13-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 16CE1, 15CE2, 16CE2, 2LY, 1LY.
Subtask 55-13-11-081-050
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the CAPT and from the F/O side
stick controllers.
Subtask 55-13-11-942-050
D. Remove Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 55-13-11

Page 414
Nov 01/06

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TIPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. The tips of the trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) are the left-hand
(LH) and right-hand (RH) outer fairings.
2. ____________
Description.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. THS Tips.
- The tips are made of light alloy. Ribs, which are made of light alloy,
make them stronger. The tips are attached to the leading edge rib 25
and to the upper and lower shells of the spar box. Countersunk screws
attach them to these components.
B. Tip Electrical Bonding.

- For electrical bonding there are bonding plates of light alloy along
the mating surfaces of the tips. Each tip has a static discharger.

EFF :

ALL 55-14-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
THS Tip
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-14-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
TIPS - TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 55-14-11-000-001
Removal of the Tips 332AB/342AB
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger

55-14-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-14-11-860-050
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-14-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-14-11-481-050

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 402
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-14-11-941-050
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 332 for the left hand tip
and/or zone 342 for the right hand tip.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-14-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-14-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Tip
NOTE : The removal of the left tip 332AB is shown. The removal of the
____
right tip 342AB is the same.
(1) Remove the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
(2) Remove the screws (1).
(3) Remove the tip (2).

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
THS Tip
Figure 401/TASK 55-14-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-14-11-400-001
Installation of the Tips 332AB/342AB
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

No specific non metallic scraper

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-400-001 Installation of the Static Discharger

27-96-00-710-022 Operational Test of the THS Actuator Electrical
Control (Activation for BITE Test)
R
55-14-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-14-11-860-051

R
R (1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
R (2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is in the CAPT and F/O side
stick controllers.
R (3) Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
R (4) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
R (5) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 332
and/or zone 342.
Subtask 55-14-11-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-14-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-14-11-110-051
A. Prepare the Tips for Installation
(1) Use a non metallic scraper to remove the old sealant from the mating
surfaces of the tip, the rib and the upper and the lower shell.
(2) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008) and clean lint free cloth
to clean the component and the interface
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 55-14-11-420-052
B. Installation of the THS Tips 332AB (342AB)
NOTE : The installation of the left tip 332AB is shown. The installation
____
of the right tip 342AB is the same.
tip, the rib and the upper and lower shell.
of the tip.

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Put the tip (2) in position on the THS.
(4) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 55-14-11-914-051
C. Sealing
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the gap around the tip.
Subtask 55-14-11-420-051
D. Install Static Discharger
(1) Install the static discharger (3) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-14-11-410-050
items.
Subtask 55-14-11-942-050
Subtask 55-14-11-081-050
controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 55-14-11-865-051
breaker(s):
R 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
(1) Do an operational test of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-

022)

EFF :

ALL 55-14-11

Page 409
Nov 01/08

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER APRON - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) aprons make an aerodynamic seal
between the horizontal stabilizer and the fuselage. On each side of the
horizontal stabilizer there is an upper and a lower apron. They are
identified 333AT and 333AB (left-hand), 343AT and 343AB (right-hand).
2. Component
___________________
Location.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. ____________
Description.
The aprons are of sandwich construction. The sandwich has surfaces made of
Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) and Nomex honeycomb cores. A clamping
profile and countersunk screws attach the aprons to the horizontal
stabilizer. The forward edges of the aprons follow a guide profile which is
riveted to the fuselage skin. A silicone sealing strip seals the gap between
the fuselage skin and the aprons.

EFF :

ALL 55-15-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Apron
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-15-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
APRON - TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 55-15-11-000-001
Removal of the Apron 333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

No specific nonmetallic wedge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized

R Configuration before Maintenance Action
55-15-11-991-001 Fig. 401
55-15-11-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 401
Feb 01/99

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-15-11-865-050
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
R 105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
R 105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R 105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
R
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
Subtask 55-15-11-010-050
R B. Get Access
R
R (1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
R in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons:
- not to pressurize the hydraulic systems,
- not to operate the flight controls.
(3) Put the access platform in position at the trimmable horizontal

stabilizer.

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 402
Feb 01/99

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-15-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-15-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Aprons
_______
(1) Remove the upper apron 333AT (343AT).
(a) Remove the screws (1) and (2) and the retainer (3).
NOTE : Remove the screws in the sequence as shown

____
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-15-11-991-002)
Identify the position of the screws for the installation
procedure.
(b) Carefully loosen the apron, with a nonmetallic wedge.
(c) Remove the apron (4).
(d) If necessary remove the screws (10), the cover strip (12) and the
seal (14).
(2) Remove the lower apron 333AB (343AB).
(a) Remove the screws (5), (6) and (7) and the retainer (8).
NOTE : Remove the screws in the sequence as shown

____
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-15-11-991-002)
Identify the position of the screws for the installation
procedure.
(b) Carefully loosen the apron, with a nonmetallic wedge.
(c) Remove the apron (9).
(d) If necessary remove the screws (10), the cover strip (11) and the
seal (13).

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
R Apron - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
Figure 401/TASK 55-15-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 404
May 01/05

CES
Removal/Installation Sequence of the Screws
Figure 402/TASK 55-15-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 405
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-15-11-400-001
Installation of the Apron 333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific shim (2024T3 Aluminum Alloy)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

Material No. 08-051 USA MMM-A-132 TYPE I
EPOXY RESIN (Ref. 20-31-00)
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stabilizer Actuator with the Individual Hydraulic
Systems
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
R ASRM 55-11-11-201 (for corrective action)
55-15-11-991-001 Fig. 401
55-15-11-991-002 Fig. 402
55-15-11-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-15-11-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
Subtask 55-15-11-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 407
Aug 01/02

CES
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the trimmable
horizontal stabilizer.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to
tell persons:
- not to pressurize the hydraulic systems,
- not to operate the flight controls,
4. Procedure
_________

55-15-11-991-003)
Subtask 55-15-11-320-050
A. Preparation of the Replacement Component
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
_______
(1) Clean the mating surface of the THS with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004)
(2) Remove the old sealant from the aprons (4), (9) with a nonmetallic
scraper and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(3) Remove the screws (10), the cover strip (11), (12) and the seal (13),
(14) from the removed apron (4), (9).
R (4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (5) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R
R (6) Do an inspection for correct condition of the nut-plates.

R - If necessary, do the Fairing Attachment Repair (Ref. ASRM 55-11-11-
R 201).

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 408
Aug 01/02

CES
R Position of the Shim - Example
Figure 403/TASK 55-15-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 409
Feb 01/99

CES
Subtask 55-15-11-210-054
B. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 55-15-11-991-003)
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for an upper apron. The procedure for
____
R a lower apron is the same.
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all aprons where shims are
____
R necessary for the installation.
R (1) Put the apron (4) in position.
R (2) Install the attachment screws (1), (2).
R (3) TORQUE the screws (1), (2) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
R 44.24 lbf.in) in the correct sequence.
R (4) Measure the distance between the apron (4) and the fuselage surface.
R - The distance must be 2.5 +1.0 -1.0 mm (0.0984 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).
R
R (5) Measure the distance between the apron (4) and the THS surface.
R - The distance must be 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) maximum.
R (6) If the distance is more than 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.), you must install
R the apron (4) with a shim (2024T3 Aluminum Alloy) as given in the
R procedure that follows.
R (7) Attach the shim on the apron (4) and adjust it to the correct
R dimension.
R (8) Drill through the shim to copy the holes of the apron (4).
R (9) Remove the shim and clean it with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004).
R (10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating surface
of the THS.
R (11) Apply a 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-051) to the surface of the apron (4) and install the
R shim.
R (12) Apply a 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-051) to the shim.

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 410
Feb 01/99

CES
(13) Put the apron (4) in position on the THS surface and install the
screws (1), (2).
(14) Tighten the screws (1), (2) until the distances between the apron (4)
and the THS surface and the fuselage surface are correct.
NOTE : Tighten the screws (1), (2) by hand and in the correct
____
sequence.
(15) Remove the excess compound.
(16) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) cure for
24 hours.
(17) Remove the screws (1), (2) and the apron (4).
(18) Remove the excess compound and remove the release agent from the
mating surfaces.
(19) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(20) Install the seal (14) and the cover strip (12) with the screws (10).
Subtask 55-15-11-420-050
C. Installation of the Aprons
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R (1) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating surfaces of
R the aprons (4), (9).
R (2) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating
R surfaces of the aprons on the THS surface.
(3) Install the upper apron (4).
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 411
May 01/05

CES
(a) Put the apron (4) and the retainer (3) in position.
R
R (b) Make sure that the holes align with the holes in the THS surface.
R (c) Carefully install the screws (1) and (2) as identified during the
removal procedure.
R
R (d) Make sure that there is sufficient clearance around each screw
R shaft.
R NOTE : Do not use force to engage the screws (1), (2).

____
R (e) TORQUE the screws (1), (2) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39
and 44.24 lbf.in) in the correct sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-15-11-991-002)
R (f) Make sure that there is a minimum clearance of 2.0 mm (0.0787

R in.) between the apron (4) and the guide profile.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-15-11-991-001)
R (g) If the minimum clearance is less than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.), do the
R subsequent steps:
R 1
_ Loosen the screws (1) and (2).
R 2
_ Adjust the apron (4) to get the correct clearance.
R 3
_ Make sure that there is sufficient clearance around each screw
R shaft.
R NOTE : Do not use force to engage the screws (1), (2).

____
R 4
_ TORQUE the screws (1), (2) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39
R and 44.24 lbf.in) in the correct sequence.
R (h) Clean the structure.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R 1
_ Remove the unwanted sealant with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
R No. 11-004) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 412
May 01/05

CES
(4) Install the lower apron.
(a) Put the apron (9) and the retainer (8) in position.
(b) Make sure that the holes align with the holes in the THS surface.
(c) Carefully install the screws (5), (6) and (7) as identified
during the removal procedure.
(d) Make sure that there is sufficient clearance around each screw
shaft.
NOTE : Do not use force to engage the screws (5), (6) and (7).
____
(e) TORQUE the screws (5), (6) and (7) to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN
(70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in) in the correct sequence
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-15-11-991-002)
(f) Make sure that there is a minimum clearance of 2.0 mm (0.0787

in.) between the apron (9) and the guide profile.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-15-11-991-001)
(g) If the minimum clearance is less than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.), do the
subsequent steps:
1
_ Loosen the screws (5), (6) and (7).
2
_ Adjust the apron (9) to get the correct clearance.
3
_ Make sure that there is sufficient clearance around each screw
shaft.
NOTE : Do not use force to engage the screws (5), (6) and (7).
____
4
_ TORQUE the screws (5), (6) and (7) to between 0.8 and 0.9
m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in) in the correct sequence.
(h) Clean the structure.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Remove the unwanted sealant with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 413
Feb 01/08
R
CES
2
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the horizontal stabilizer
spar-box in the related area are clear and not blocked.
Subtask 55-15-11-865-052
breaker(s):
R 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2,
R 19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE
Subtask 55-15-11-720-050
E. Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Operate the THS through the complete range (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-
002).
(2) Make sure that there is a minimum clearance of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)
between the aprons (4), (9) and the guide profiles at all THS
positions during its movement.
(3) Make sure that the aprons follow the contour of the fuselage
smoothly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-15-11-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-15-11

Page 414
Feb 01/08

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. Different attach fittings are installed on the spar boxes and the center
joint of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).
These are:
- the fittings for the attachment of the horizontal stabilizer to the
cone rear fuselage structure,
- the Y-load fittings,
- the fittings for the attachment of the horizontal stabilizer to the THS
hydromechanical actuator,
- the hinge arms for the attachment of the left-hand (LH) and right-hand
(RH) elevators,
- the fittings for the attachment of the elevator support struts,
- the fittings for the attachment of the elevator to the elevator servo
control-units,
- the fittings for the attachment of ground support equipment,
- the fittings to hoist and to support the THS.
2. ____________
Description.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. THS Attachment Fittings.

- The THS is attached to the cone rear fuselage structure at two pivot
points. The pivot points have attach fittings and support fittings.
They are installed on each side of the THS centerline at RIB 3.
The upper and lower attach fittings are made of Carbon Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (CFRP). Rivets attach them to RIB 3 and to the skin of the
sparboxes. They have eye-ends for the attachment of the support
fittings.
The support fittings are made of CFRP and bolts attach them to the
eye-ends of the attach fittings. Rivets attach the flanges of the
support fittings to the rear spar of the THS. Bearings are fitted in
the pivot points of the support fittings.
Y-load fittings, made from milled light alloy are installed on RIB 4 of
the THS. These keep the primary attach bolts in the correct alignment
axis.
B. THS Adjustment.
- You can adjust the angle of incidence of the THS with an
hydromechanical actuator. The actuator is connected to a dual fitting
at the forward end of the center joint. The fittings are made of
stainless steel.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
THS Attach Fittings
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
THS Attach Fittings
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 3
Feb 01/98

CES
C. THS Hinge Arms.
- The LH and RH spar boxes have six hinge arms to hold the elevators. The
hinge arms are installed to the rear spars and the upper and lower skin
shells. Each hinge arm has a fitting with a bearing at its outer end to
attach the elevators. The elevator hinge arms are made of CFRP.
D. Elevator Support Strut.

- A fitting for the installation of the elevator support strut is
installed on the LH and RH of the rear spar. They are installed at the
rib No. 9. The attach fittings are milled components made of light
alloy.
E. Elevator Servo-control Attachment Fittings.

- Fittings for the attachment of the elevator servo controls are
installed on the rear spar. They are installed at the ribs No. 7 and
No. 8. The attach fittings are made of layers of CFRP.
F. Ground Support Equipment Fittings.

- Two different types of attach fittings for ground support equipment are
installed on the THS . To the fitting at the lower side of the center
joint a support strut is installed when you remove/install the THS
actuator. To the fittings at the rear spars distance struts are
installed when you remove/install the THS bearings.
G. Hoisting and Resting Points.

- Two hoisting points and two resting points are installed on each side
of the THS. The fittings of the hoisting points are installed in the
upper surface. The fittings of the resting points are installed in the
lower surface. All fittings are milled components made of light alloy.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 4
Feb 01/98

CES
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 55-16-00-200-001
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Rear Support Fittings, Upper and

R Lower Attach Fittings and Surrounding External Structure, LH/RH
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 601
Feb 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 55160001
55-16-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-00-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002). (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)
Subtask 55-16-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-00-481-050

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 602
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-941-054
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 314.
Subtask 55-16-00-010-050
E. Access
(1) Open the access door 314AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-16-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-16-00-210-050
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer rear support

fittings, upper and lower attach fittings and surrounding external
structure for:
- delamination,
- scratches, marks and dents,
- cracks,
- damaged paintwork. details.
R 55160001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-00-410-053
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 603
Nov 01/09

CES
THS Support Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 55-16-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access panel 314AR.
Subtask 55-16-00-942-050
Subtask 55-16-00-081-050
Subtask 55-16-00-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-16-00-200-002
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer, Upper and Lower Joint Fittings,

R External Surfaces, 5 Rearmost Rows of Fasteners
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 606
Feb 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 55110001
55-16-00-991-002 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-00-860-051
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-16-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-00-481-051
controllers.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 607
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-941-055
Subtask 55-16-00-010-052
E. Access
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-16-00-991-002)
Subtask 55-16-00-210-052
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer upper and

lower joint fittings, external surfaces at the five rearmost rows of
fasteners for:
- delamination,
- cracks,
- damaged paintwork. details.
R (2) If damaga is found, look for allowable damage limits (Ref. ASRM
R 55110001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-00-410-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 608
Nov 01/09

CES
THS Upper and Lower Joint Fittings External Surface,Rear Central Area
Figure 602/TASK 55-16-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 609
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-410-051
B. Close Access
Subtask 55-16-00-942-051
Subtask 55-16-00-081-051
controllers.
Subtask 55-16-00-865-054
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
R

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 610
Feb 01/00

CES
TASK 55-16-00-200-004
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Hinge Fittings and Support Ribs

R and Actuator Fittings for the Elevator, LH/RH
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 611
Feb 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-13-916-001 Repair to a layer of Moisture-Removing Oil
55-13-11-000-001 Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
55-13-11-400-001 Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
R ASRM 55160001
55-16-00-991-004 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-00-860-053
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 612
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-00-481-053
Subtask 55-16-00-941-057
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 334 for the left hand THS
and/or zone 344 for the right hand THS.
Subtask 55-16-00-010-054
E. Access
(1) Open the access panels 334AT, 334BB, 334BT, 334CT, 334DB, 334DT,
334FB, 334HB and/or 344AT, 344BB, 344BT, 344CT, 344DB, 344DT, 344FB,
344HB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 613
Feb 01/00
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 55-16-00-991-004)
Subtask 55-16-00-110-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Clean the elevator hinge supports, the attachment fittings and the
adjacent structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a
lint-free cloth.
Subtask 55-16-00-210-056
B. Detailed Inspection
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer hinge

fittings, support ribs and actuator fittings for the elevator and the
adjacent structure for:
- delamination,
- cracks,
- corrosion,
- condition of the bearings,
- damaged paintwork. gives details.
R 55160001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-00-916-050
A. Protective Treatment
(1) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the outer surfaces of the
attachments fittings (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-001).
Subtask 55-16-00-410-056
B. Visual Inspection
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 614
Nov 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

55-16-00

Page 615
May 01/05

CES
THS Elevator Hinge Supports and Attachment Fittings
R Figure 603/TASK 55-16-00-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 616
Feb 01/00

CES
THS Elevator Hinge Supports and Attachment Fittings
R Figure 603/TASK 55-16-00-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 617
Feb 01/00

CES
Subtask 55-16-00-410-057
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access panels 334AT, 334BB, 334BT, 334CT, 334DB, 334DT,
334FB, 334HB and/or 344AT, 344BB, 344BT, 344CT, 344DB, 344DT, 344FB,
344HB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001)
Subtask 55-16-00-942-053
Subtask 55-16-00-810-050
E. Remove Locking Devices
Subtask 55-16-00-865-058
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3,
22CE.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-00

Page 618
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
TASK 55-16-00-200-005
Inspection of the Torque Values of the Upper and Lower THS Support Attach
Fittings
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
SL90-313-6250 1 TOOL- INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-314-6250 1 TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
R SL90-315-6250 1 WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

EFF :

051-051, 55-16-00

Page 619
May 01/09

CES
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

R SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-22-00-000-001 Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

R 55-16-00-991-005 Fig. 604
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 55-16-00-941-059
R A. Aircraft Configuration
R (1) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) in the cabin
R pedestal center.
R (2) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.
R Subtask 55-16-00-010-056
R B. Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position at zone 314.
R (2) Open the access door 314AR.

EFF :

051-051, 55-16-00

Page 620
May 01/05

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 55-16-00-991-005)
Subtask 55-16-00-220-050
A. Torque Value Inspection
(1) Use TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 to remove the
STA-LOK washer (1).
R (2) Use WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 to remove the

STA-LOK nut (2). (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001)
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt
(3).
R (a) Use WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 to install the

STA-LOK nut (2) on the bolt (3).
(b) Torque the STA-LOK nut (2) to between 1.36 and 1.81 m.daN (10.02
and 13.34 lbf.ft).
(c) Use TOOL- INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 to install

the washer (31) on the nut (30).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-00-410-059
A. Close Access
Subtask 55-16-00-942-055

EFF :

051-051, 55-16-00

Page 621
May 01/09

CES
R Upper and Lower THS Support Attach Fittings
R Figure 604/TASK 55-16-00-991-005

EFF :

051-051, 55-16-00

Page 622
May 01/05

CES
ATTACH FITTINGS - THS ACTUATOR ARM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 55-16-34-000-001
Removal of the THS Actuator Arms Attach Fittings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 3.0 m/(9ft. 10in)

R 0U190360 1 PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
0U190834 1 TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR
R 98D27407502000 1 SUPPORT STRUT - R-I THS ACTUATOR
98D27409006000 1 WRENCH-THS GROOVE NUT
R 98D27409007000 1 WRENCH-GROOVE NUT

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

Actuator (9CE)
55-16-34-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-34-860-051
(1) Make sure that the THS pitch trim control is set at neutral position
R (2) Install the suport strut SUPPORT STRUT - R-I THS ACTUATOR
R (98D27407502000) to set the THS at zero position.
(3) Depressurize the Yellow and Green hidraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 55-16-34-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 402
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-34-941-052
C. Safety Precautions
R (1) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

R (0U190360) in the mechanical input of the THS actuator.
(2) Install the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) to set
the THS actuator at zero positon.
(4) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell the persons
not to operate the flight controls.
(5) Put warning notices in position to tell the persons not to operate
(6) Do an inspection of the componet interface and/or the adjacent area.
Subtask 55-16-34-010-051
D. Get access
(1) Put the access platform 3.0 m/(9ft. 10in) in position at zone
311,312.
(2) open the access door 312AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-34-991-002)
Subtask 55-16-34-010-052
A. Removal to get access
(1) Remove the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
Attach Fittings - THS Actuator Arms Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 55-16-34-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 404
Nov 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 55-16-34-020-050
B. Remove the Attach Fittings Bearings of the THS Actuator Arm
R (1) Remove the nut retainer (1) with the WRENCH-GROOVE NUT
R (98D27409007000) and remove the washer retainer (2).
(2) Push the bush (3) and remove the complete bush bearing assembly.
(3) Remove the nut retainer (6) with the WRENCH-THS GROOVE NUT
(98D27409006000) and remove the washer retainer (5).
(4) Remove the bearing (4).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 55-16-34-400-001
Installation of THS Actuator Arms Attach Fittings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform/3.0 m/(9ft. 10in.)

R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
R 0U190360 1 PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
0U190834 1 TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR
R 98D27407502000 1 SUPPORT STRUT - R-I THS ACTUATOR
98D27409006000 1 WRENCH-THS GROOVE NUT

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 406
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 washer retainer 55-16-36 01 -020A

5 washer retainer 55-16-36 01 -050A
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stabilizer Actuator with both (Green and Yellow) and
Individual Hydraulic Systems
27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS) Actuator (9CE)
55-16-34-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-34-860-052
(1) Make sure that the horizontal stabilizer pitch trim control is set to
zero.
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 407
May 01/03

CES
(3) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the
CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.
tell the persons not to operate the flight controls.
(5) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell the
persons not to operate the hydraulic systems.
(6) Make sure that access platform/3.0 m/(9ft. 10in.) are in position at
zones 311/312.
(7) Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.
Subtask 55-16-34-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-34-991-002)
Subtask 55-16-34-420-050
A. Install the Attach Fittings Bearigns of the THS actuator.
(1) Put the bush (3) in position.
(2) Put a new washer retainer (2) in position.
R (3) Install the nut retainer (1) with the WRENCH-GROOVE NUT
R (98D27409007000) and toque to between 2.8247 and 3.9546 m.daN (20.83
and 29.16 lbf.ft).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bearing (4) and
install.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 408
Nov 01/09

CES
(5) Put a new washer retainer (5) in position.
(6) Install the nut retainer (6) with WRENCH-THS GROOVE NUT
(98D27409006000) and torque to between 2.8247 and 3.9546 m.daN (20.83
and 29.16 lbf.ft).
(7) Safety the nut retainer (6) with the washer retainer (5) and the nut
retainer (1) with the washer retainer (2).
NOTE : In the RH of the attach fitting, the bearing (4) must have
____
free movement and the washer retainer (5) must not have any
clearance.
NOTE : In the LH of the attach fitting, the bearing (4) must not have
____
any movement and the washer retainer (5) must have clearance.
Subtask 55-16-34-410-052
B. Install the THS Actuator
(1) Install the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-34-081-051
A. Remove Safety locks
(1) Remove the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) and the
R PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) from the
actuator.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-34-865-053
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-34-863-050
C. Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems
(1) Presurize Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
003).
Subtask 55-16-34-081-052
D. Remove Safety Locks.
R (1) Remove SUPPORT STRUT - R-I THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000)
Subtask 55-16-34-710-050
E. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the THS (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-003).
Subtask 55-16-34-410-053
F. Close Access.
(1) Close access door 312AR

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-34-942-051
G. Remove Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 411
Nov 01/99

CES
ATTACH FITTINGS - THS ACTUATOR ARM - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________
TASK 55-16-34-200-001
R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Jack Fitting and Surrounding

R External Structure
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 601
Feb 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 55160001
55-16-34-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-34-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)
Subtask 55-16-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-34-481-050
(1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000)in the CAPT and F/O

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 602
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-16-34-941-051
Subtask 55-16-34-010-050
E. Access
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-16-34-991-001)
Subtask 55-16-34-210-050
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer jack fitting

and surrounding external structure for:
- debonding of the fittings halves,
- delaminations,
- condition of the Hi-Lok fasteners,
- condition of the bearings.
R 55160001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-34-410-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 603
Nov 01/09

CES
THS Actuator-Arm Attach-Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 55-16-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 604
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-16-34-410-050
B. Close Access
Subtask 55-16-34-942-050
Subtask 55-16-34-081-050
Subtask 55-16-34-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
R TASK 55-16-34-200-002
R In Service Wear Limits of the THS Actuator Arm Attach Fittings
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific warning notices

R No specific access platform 3.0 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
R 98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

R Actuator (9CE)
R 27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
R (THS) Actuator (9CE)
R 55-16-34-000-001 Removal of the THS Actuator Arms Attach Fittings
R 55-16-34-400-001 Installation of THS Actuator Arms Attach Fittings
R 55-16-34-991-003 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 606
Aug 01/02

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-34-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) in the cabin
pedestal center.
Subtask 55-16-34-010-053
B. Access
R (3) Remove the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator. (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-000-001).
(4) Remove the THS actuator arms attach fittings. (Ref. TASK 55-16-34-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-16-34-991-003)
Subtask 55-16-34-220-050
A. Fits and Clearances
(1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions,

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 607
May 01/06

CES
R In Service Wear Limits - THS Actuator Arm Attach Fittings
R Figure 602/TASK 55-16-34-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 608
Aug 01/02

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
R | DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
R | AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
R | ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
R | NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
R | | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
R |--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | CC | 62.771 | 62.790 | | | 62.736 | | |
R | OD 2 |(2.4713) |(2.4720) | | |(2.4699) | | |
R | | | | 0.010 | 0.059 | | | 0.128 |
R | | | | (0.0003)| (0.0023)| | |(0.0050)|
R | CC | 62.800 | 62.830 | | | | 62.864 | |
R | ID 1 |(2.4724) |(2.4736) | | | |(2.4749) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 55-16-34-220-051
R B. Fits and Clearances
R (1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
R | DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
R | AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
R | ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
R | NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
R | | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
R |--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | CC | 50.787 | 50.800 | | | 50.775 | | |
R | OD 3 |(1.9994) |(2.0000) | | |(1.9990) | | |
R | | | | -0.002 | 0.024 | | | 0.048 |
R | | | |-(0.0000*| (0.0009*| | |(0.0018*|
R | CC | 50.798 | 50.811 | | | | 50.823 | |
R | ID 2 |(1.9999) |(2.0004) | | | |(2.0009) | |
R ********** DIFFERENCE IN IN. MARKED BY A STAR IS TRUNCATED **********
R Subtask 55-16-34-220-052
R C. Fits and Clearances
R (1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions,

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 609
Aug 01/02

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | 65.971 | 65.990 | | | 65.936 | | |
| OD 4 |(2.5972) |(2.5980) | | |(2.5959) | | |
| | | | 0.010 | 0.059 | | | 0.128 |
| | | | (0.0003)| (0.0023)| | |(0.0050)|
| CC | 66.000 | 66.030 | | | | 66.064 | |
| ID 5 |(2.5984) |(2.5996) | | | |(2.6009) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-34-220-053
D. Fits and Clearances
(1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | CC | 50.787 | 50.800 | | | 50.775 | | |
R | OD 3 |(1.9994) |(2.0000) | | |(1.9990) | | |
R | | | | -0.002 | 0.024 | | | 0.048 |
R | | | |-(0.0000*| (0.0009*| | |(0.0018*|
R | CC | 50.798 | 50.811 | | | | 50.823 | |
R | ID 4 |(1.9999) |(2.0004) | | | |(2.0009) | |
R ********** DIFFERENCE IN IN. MARKED BY A STAR IS TRUNCATED **********

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 610
May 01/03

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-34-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Install the THS actuator arms attach fittings. (Ref. TASK 55-16-34-
400-001).
R (3) Install the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator. (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-400-001)
Subtask 55-16-34-942-052

EFF :

ALL 55-16-34

Page 611
May 01/06

CES
BEARINGS - SUPPORT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 55-16-38-000-001
Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer Support Bearings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27407505000 1 EXTRACTOR - CENTERING BUSH, THS

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 401
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-56-11-000-001 Removal of the Support Fittings of the Trimmable
55-16-38-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-38-860-051
zero.
(2) Make sure that the elevators touch their travel limit stops.
Subtask 55-16-38-860-050
(1) Depressurize the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-16-38-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 402
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 55-16-38-481-050
Subtask 55-16-38-941-050
(3) Put the access platform in position at zones 314, 334 and 344.
Subtask 55-16-38-010-050
F. Access
R (2) Remove the aprons 333AT, 333AB, 343AT, 343AB (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-000-
R 001).
R (3) Remove the trailing edge panels 334AT, 344AT, 334AB, 344AB (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001).
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-16-38-020-050
A. Removal of the Fittings and Support Bearings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-38-991-001)
(1) Remove the fittings (1) at the pivot points of the horizontal
stabilizer (Ref. TASK 53-56-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 403
Feb 01/06

CES
Support Bearings - Horizontal Stabilizer Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 55-16-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Remove the horizontal stabilizer support bearings.
(a) Remove the sealing rings (2).
(b) Release the tab washers (4) and (7).
R (c) Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT (98D55109009000). Remove the ring nut (3).
(d) Remove the tabwasher (4).
(e) Remove the bearing (6) from the bearing housing (5).
R (f) Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT (98D55109009000). Remove the ring nut (8).
(g) Remove the tabwasher (7).
(h) Use EXTRACTOR - CENTERING BUSH, THS (98D27407505000). Remove the

bearing housing (5).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 55-16-38-400-002
Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer Support Bearings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 406
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 tabwasher 55-16-07 01A-050

4 tabwasher 55-16-07 01B-050
4 tabwasher 55-16-07 01B-050A
R 4 tabwasher 55-16-07 01C-050
7 tabwasher 55-16-07 01A-030
7 tabwasher 55-16-07 01B-030
7 tabwasher 55-16-07 01B-030A
R 7 tabwasher 55-16-07 01C-030
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-56-11-400-001 Installation of the Support Fittings of the Trimmable
55-15-11-400-001 Installation of the Apron 333AT/333AB/343AT/343AB
55-16-38-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 407
May 01/06

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-38-860-052
zero.
(2) Make sure that the elevators touch their travel limit stops.
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
stick controllers.
(7) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zones 314, 334
and 344.
(8) Make sure that access door 314AR is open.
(9) Make sure that aprons 333AT, 333AB, 343AT and 343AB have been removed
(Ref. TASK 55-15-11-000-001).
(10) Make sure that trailing edge panels 334AT, 344AT, 334AB and 344AB
have been removed (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 408
May 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 55-16-38-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-38-210-052
(1) Make sure that the components are clean and in the correct condition.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-38-991-001)
Subtask 55-16-38-420-051
A. Install the Support Bearings and Fittings
(1) Install the horizontal stabilizer support bearings.
(a) Install the bearing housing (5) with the shouldered end at the
outboard side of the support fitting.
(b) Put a new tabwasher (4) in position.
(c) Install the ring nut (3) and TORQUE to to 5.65 m.daN (41.66
R lbf.ft). Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT (98D55109009000).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bearing (6) and
install.
(e) Put a new tabwasher (7) in position.
(f) Install the ring nut (8) and TORQUE to to 3.95 m.daN (29.12
R lbf.ft). Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT (98D55109009000).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 409
Nov 01/09

CES
(g) Safety the ring nuts (3) and (8) with the tabwashers (4) and (7).
(h) Install the sealing rings (2).
(2) Install the fittings (1) at the pivot points of the horizontal
stabilizer (Ref. TASK 53-56-11-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the aprons 333AT, 333AB, 343AT, 343AB (Ref. TASK 55-15-11-
400-001).
(2) Install the trailing edge panels 334AT, 344AT, 334AB, 344AB
(Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001).
Subtask 55-16-38-410-052
items.
Subtask 55-16-38-410-051
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 314AR.
Subtask 55-16-38-941-052
Subtask 55-16-38-081-050

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 410
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 55-16-38-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 16CE1

EFF :

ALL 55-16-38

Page 411
Feb 01/06
R
CES
HINGE ARM FITTINGS - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 55-16-42-000-001
R Removal of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To inspect or to replace the hinge arm fittings
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 401
Nov 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-34-41-000-001 Removal of the Elevator

55-16-48-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Support Struts
R 55-22-11-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Leading Edge Access Panels
R 335AB (345AB), 335BB (345BB), 335CB (345CB), 335DB
R (345DB).
55-16-42-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-42-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-16-42-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 402
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-16-42-481-050
Subtask 55-16-42-941-050
elevator hinge arm fittings and/or zone 344 for the right hand
elevator hinge arm fittings.
Subtask 55-16-42-010-050
R E. Get Access
R (1) Open the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels 334BB (344BB), 334DB (
R 344DB), 334FB (344FB), 334HB (344HB), as necessary (Ref. TASK 55-13-
R 11-000-001).
R (2) Remove the Elevator Leading Edge Access Panels 335AB (345AB), 335BB (
R 345BB), 335CB (345CB), 335DB (345DB), as necessary (Ref. TASK 55-22-
R 11-000-001).
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Hinge Arm Fitting Number | THS Panel(s) | Elevator Panel(s) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 1 | 334BB (344BB) | 335AB (345AB) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 2 | 334DB (344DB) | 335BB (345BB) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 3 | 334DB (344DB) | 335BB (345BB) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 4 | 334DB (344DB) | 335BB (345BB) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 5 | 334FB (344FB) | 335CB (345CB) |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 6 | 334HB (344HB) | 335DB (345DB) |

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 403
Nov 01/07

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Hinge Arm Fitting Number | THS Panel(s) | Elevator Panel(s) |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-42-991-001-A)
Subtask 55-16-42-020-051
A. Remove the Hinge Arm End Fittings.
(1) Disconnect the hinge arm end fitting (1) from the applicable attach
fitting (7) (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pins (2).
(3) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and the bolts (5).
(4) Remove the hinge arm end fitting (1) from the hinge arm (6).
NOTE : Record the position of the bolts (5) because some of them
____
attach a bonding strap and the bolts have different lenght.
Subtask 55-16-42-020-055-A
B. Remove the Hinge Arm End Fitting No 4.
(1) Remove the elevator support strut (8) (Ref. TASK 55-16-48-000-001)
and disconnect the hinge arm end fitting (9) from the attach end
fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).
(3) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolts (13).
(4) Remove the hinge arm fitting (9) from the hinge arm (14).
NOTE : Record the position of the bolts (13) because some of them
____
attach a bonding strap and the bolts have different lenght.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 404
Nov 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

55-16-42

Page 405
Nov 01/07

CES
Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 55-16-42-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 406
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 55-16-42-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 55-16-42-400-001
Installation of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 408
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-001 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS A

R FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pins 55-16-41 01A-010

10 cotter pins 55-16-41 04A-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-34-41-400-001 Installation of the Elevator

55-16-48-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Support Struts
55-22-11-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Leading Edge Access Panels
335AB (345AB), 335BB (345BB), 335CB (345CB), 335DB
(345DB).
55-16-42-991-001-A Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 409
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-42-860-051
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
stick controllers.
R (3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE are in the flight compartment to
R tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
and/or zone 344.
R (6) Make sure that the THS trailing edge access panels are opened as
R necessary (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
R (7) Make sure that the elevator leading edge access panels are removed as
R necessary (Ref. TASK 55-22-11-000-001).
Subtask 55-16-42-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 410
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-16-42-140-050
C. Cleaning
(1) Remove the old sealant from the hinge arm fittings and the hinge
arms. Use a nonmetallic scraper.
Subtask 55-16-42-110-050
D. Cleaning
(1) Clean the mating surfaces of the hinge arm fittings and the hinge
arms and the adjacent areas with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-42-991-001-A)
Subtask 55-16-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Hinge Arm End Fittings
hinge arm fitting (1) and the hinge support No. 1.
(2) Put the hinge arm end fitting (1) in position on the hinge arm (6).
(3) Install the bolts (5)and wet with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001).,
(4) Install the washers (4) and the nuts (3).
(5) Safety the nuts (3) with new cotter pins (2)
(6) Connect the hinge arm end fitting (1) to its corresponding attach
fitting (7) (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
Subtask 55-16-42-420-054-A
B. Installation of the Hinge Arm End Fitting No 4
hinge arm fitting (42) and the hinge support No. 4.
(2) Put the hinge arm end fitting (9) in position on the hinge arm (14).
(3) Install the bolts (9) and wet with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 411
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(4) Install the washers (12) and the nuts (11).
(5) Safety the nuts (11) with new cotter pins (10).
(6) Connect the hinge arm end fitting (9) to the attach fitting (15)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
(7) Install the elevator support strut (8) (Ref. TASK 55-16-48-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-42-410-051
items.
Subtask 55-16-42-410-050
R B. Close Access
R
R (1) Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-
001).
R (2) Install the elevator leading edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-
400-001).
Subtask 55-16-42-942-051
Subtask 55-16-42-081-050

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 412
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-16-42-865-050
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 16CE1, 15CE2, 16CE2

EFF :

ALL 55-16-42

Page 413
Nov 01/07

CES
SUPPORT STRUTS - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 55-16-48-000-001
Removal of the Elevator Support Struts
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove/install the elevator.

To inspect/remove/install the elevator hinge-arm fitting.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SL90-627-3125 2 TOOL - REMOVAL, WASHERS SL40871
98D27309009001 1 TBD
98D55109010000 1 WRENCH-GROOVE NUT,ELEVATOR SUPPORT STRUT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-000-001 Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
55-16-48-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
55-16-48-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-48-860-050
(1) Depressurize the Blue, Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-16-48-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-48-481-050
(1) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the CAPT and F/O side sticks.
R (2) Install the TBD in the elevator.
Subtask 55-16-48-941-050

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 403
Nov 01/09

CES
support struts and/or zone 344 for the right hand support struts.
Subtask 55-16-48-010-050
E. Access
(1) Open/remove the trailing edge panels 334FB, 334EB left hand and/or
344FB, 344EB right hand (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-48-991-001)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-16-48-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 55-16-48-020-051
A. Removal of Support Struts from the THS
(2) If the bolt (8) is secured by STA-LOK nut
(a) Use a TOOL - REMOVAL, WASHERS SL40871 to remove the locking ring
(11) and the nut (10) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
(3) If the bolt (8) is secured by castellated nut
(a) Remove the nut (13).
(4) Remove the bolt (8) and the bushes (9).
(5) Remove the support strut (2) from the THS.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
R Elevator Support Strut
Figure 401/TASK 55-16-48-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
55-16-48

Page 405
Aug 01/09

CES
Elevator Support Strut
Figure 401A/TASK 55-16-48-991-001-A

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-16-48

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 55-16-48-020-051-A
A. Removal of Support Struts from the THS
(3) Remove the nut (10).
(4) Remove the bolt (8) and the bushes (9).
(5) Remove the support strut (2) from the THS.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-16-48-020-053
B. Removal of Support Struts from the elevator
(2) If the hinge bolt (14) is secured by STA-LOK
(a) Use a TOOL - REMOVAL, WASHERS SL40871 to remove the locking ring
(17) and the nut (16) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
(3) If the hinge bolt (14) is secured by ABS
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (18).
(b) Remove the locking cup (24) and the nut (23).
(4) Remove the washer (19) and the hinge bolt (14).
(5) Remove the eye terminal (1) from the Elevator.
(6) Remove the bush (15) from the eye terminal (1).
Subtask 55-16-48-020-052
C. Removal of the Elevator Support Strut Bearing
(2) Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT,ELEVATOR SUPPORT STRUT to remove the nut (22).
(3) Remove the support strut bearing (21).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

55-16-48

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 55-16-48-400-001
Installation of the Elevator Support Struts
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 409
Aug 01/09
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
SL90-313-3750 1 TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-315-3750 1 WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
SL90-626-3125 1 TOOL - INSTALLATION, WASHERS SL40871
R 98D27309009001 1 TBD
98D55109010000 1 WRENCH-GROOVE NUT,ELEVATOR SUPPORT STRUT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A

WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pin 55-16-48 01 -040

11 cotter pin 55-16-48 01 -075
12 cotter pin 55-16-48 01 -010
18 cotter pin 27-34-07 26A-030
20 cotter pin 55-16-48 01 -090
20 cotter pin 55-16-48 01 -090A

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 410
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-400-001 Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
55-16-48-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
55-16-48-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-16-48-860-051
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is installed in the CAPT
and F/O side sticks.
(3) Make sure that the TBD is installed on the elevator.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 411
Feb 01/10

CES
and/or zone 344.
(7) Make sure that the trailing edge panels 334FB, 334EB and/or 344FB,
344EB are open/removed.
Subtask 55-16-48-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-16-48-210-050
Subtask 55-16-48-110-050
D. Cleaning
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-008).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-16-48-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 412
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-16-48-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-16-48-420-050
A. Installation of the Elevator Support Strut Bearing
(1) Put in position the bearing (21).
(2) Use WRENCH-GROOVE NUT,ELEVATOR SUPPORT STRUT to torque the nut (22)
to between 3.4 and 4.15 m.daN (25.07 and 30.60 lbf.ft).
(3) Drill a 2 mm (0.0787 in.) diameter hole on the nut (22) in assembly
and insert a new cotter pin (20) ?
(4) The installation procedure for the LH elevator support strut is

given. The installation of the RH elevator support strut is similar.
Subtask 55-16-48-820-050
B. Adjust Length
(1) Put the elevator support strut (1) in position.
(2) If you install a new elevator support strut, you turn the tube (2) to
adjust the length.
NOTE : Do not tighten the nuts (3) at this time.

____
Subtask 55-16-48-420-052
C. Installation of Support Strut to the elevator
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to all connection

components.
(2) Install the support strut end (1) to the elevator.
(3) Install the hinge bolt (14), the bush (15) and the washer (19).
(4) Tighten the nut (3) and safety with the tabwasher (4).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 413
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) If the hinge bolt (14) is going to be secured by STA-LOK
(a) Use WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 to install the

nut (16). Torque the nut (16) to between 0.55 and 0.45 m.daN
(48.67 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(b) Use TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 to install

the internal locking ring (17) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001).
(6) If the hinge bolt (14) is going to be secured by ABS
(a) Install and torque the nut (23) to between 1.36 and 1.53 m.daN
(10.02 and 11.28 lbf.ft).
(b) Install the locking cup (24) and safety with a new cotter pin
(18).
(7) Install a new cotter pin (12)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 55-16-48-420-053
D. Installation of Support Struts to the THS

components.
(2) Install the support strut (2) to the THS.
(3) Install the bushes (9) and the bolt (8).
(4) If the bolt (8) is going to be secured by STA-LOK nut
(a) Install the nut (10). Do not tighten at this time.
(5) If the bolt (8) is going to be secured by castellated nut
(a) Install the nut (13). Do not tighten at this time.
(7) If the bolt (8) is going to be secured by STA-LOK nut
(a) Torque the nut (10) to between 0.85 and 1.6 m.daN (75.22 and
141.59 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 414
Aug 01/09

CES
(b) Use TOOL - INSTALLATION, WASHERS SL40871 to install the internal
locking ring (11) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001).
(8) If the bolt (8) is going to be secured by castellated nut:
(a) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 0.79 and 0.96 m.daN (69.91 and
84.95 lbf.in).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 55-16-48-420-053-A
D. Installation of Support Struts to the THS

components.
(2) Install the support strut (2) to the THS.
(3) Install the bushes (9) and the bolt (8).
(4) Install the nut (10). Do not tighten at this time.
(6) TORQUE the nut (10) to between 0.79 and 0.96 m.daN (69.91 and 84.95
lbf.in).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-16-48-410-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-16-48-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Install/close the trailing edge panels 334FB, 334EB left-hand and/or
344FB, 344EB right-hand (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001).
Subtask 55-16-48-081-050
controllers.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO

_______
CONTROL SAFETY BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO
CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.
R (2) Remove the TBD from the elevator.
Subtask 55-16-48-942-051
Subtask 55-16-48-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 16CE1, 15CE2, 16CE2, 1LY, 2LY

EFF :

ALL 55-16-48

Page 416
Nov 01/09

CES
ELEVATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
The elevators give pitch control to the aircraft. You can move the elevators
to a maximum angle of 30 degrees upwards and 15 degrees downwards. Two servo
control units at each elevator control the movement.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELEVATOR STRUCTURE 335/345 55-21-00
ELEVATOR LEADING EDGE 335/345 55-22-00
ELEVATOR TIPS AND 335/345 55-24-00
INBOARD END CAPS
ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS 335/345 55-26-00
STATIC DISCHARGERS 335/345 23-60-00
3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The left-hand and right-hand elevators are the same in design and function
but are opposite hand.
The structure of each elevator has a front spar, an upper and a lower skin
panel and four ribs. All other components are attached to it.
Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the trimmable
horizontal stabilizer. Two fittings attach the servo control units. You can
remove the leading edge access-panels, the tips and the inboard end caps.
Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Elevators
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
ELEVATORS - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
TASK 55-20-00-200-001
Special Detailed Inspection of Elevator Top and Bottom Skin Panels in Area of
Hinge Supports 2, 3 and 4 and Actuator Fittings 1 and 2, LH/RH
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO THE INSPECTION. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
ALUMINIUM AND HAVE GLASSFIBER COVERS WHICH CAN BE EASILY DAMAGED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27309001000 1 NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 601
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 55210001
ASRM 55210002
R ASRM 55211100
NTM 552004
55-20-00-991-006 Fig. 601
55-20-00-991-001 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-20-00-860-051
A. System Configuration
(1) Determine the skin panels structure identification of your elevator

R (Ref. ASRM 55211100).
(2) Make sure that the elevators are on their lower travel limit stops.
(3) Make sure that the inspection are is clean and smooth.
Subtask 55-20-00-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-20-00-481-050

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)
R (2) Install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the

elevator:
(a) Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point at RIB11.
(b) Release the wing nut (6).
(c) Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS traiiling edge. Make sure
that the center plate (7) and the forward plate (8) rest on the
THS surface.
(d) Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) from the stowage
on the center plate (7).
(e) Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the
center plate (7) and the THS hoisting point.
(f) Make sure that:

- The forward plate (8) is on the line of the rivets that attach
the THS leading edge to the THS front spar.
- The bars (3) follow the line of the RIB11.
- The THS trailing edge is correctly positioned between the two
parts of the plate assembly (5).

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 603
Feb 01/09

CES
R Elevators - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting
R Figure 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 604
Aug 01/07

CES
(g) Tighten the T-handle screw (1) and the wing nut (6).
Subtask 55-20-00-941-050
elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.
Subtask 55-20-00-860-055
F. Preparation of the Inspection Areas
(1) Make sure that the outer surface of the inspection area is clean and
smooth.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(2) If necessary, clean the outer surface of the inspection area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003). Make sure the inspection area is dry before you
continue.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 605
Aug 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-20-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-20-00-210-054
A. General Visual Inspection
(1) Make a general visual inspection of the external surface of the

elevator top and bottom skin panels in the areas of the hinge
supports 2, 3 and 4 and the actuator fittings 1 and 2 for:
- distortion,
- cracks,
- chemical contamination.
R 55210002).
Subtask 55-20-00-270-050
B. Resonance Frequency Inspection
(1) Make a special detailed inspection of the elevator top and bottom
skin panels in the areas of the hinge supports 2, 3 and 4 and the
actuator fittings 1 and 2 for delamination (Ref. NTM 552004).
(2) Do a damage delamination report of the inspected area.
R 55210001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-20-00-410-052
items.
Subtask 55-20-00-942-050

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 606
Nov 01/09

CES
Inspection Areas-Elevator
R Figure 602/TASK 55-20-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 607
Aug 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-081-050

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) for the CAPT and
(2) Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) from the
elevator:
(a) Release the wing nut (6).
(b) Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2).
(c) Remove the set of bars (3) and plates (7) and (8).
(d) Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) in the stowage
(e) Tighten the wing nut (6).
Subtask 55-20-00-865-051
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 19CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE3, 19CE1, 15CE2

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 55-20-00-200-002
Detailed Inspection of Elevator Panels, Internal Structure as far as visible
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 609
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-015 USA BMS 8-98 TYPE 3 CLASS 2
POLYVINYL FLUORIDE FILM (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 55210001
55-20-00-991-006 Fig. 601
55-20-00-991-002 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-20-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that the elevators are on their lower travel stops.
Subtask 55-20-00-860-052
(1) Depressurize the Green, the Yellow and the blue hydraulic systems.
29-10-00-864-003)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 610
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-20-00-481-051

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)

elevator:
(c) Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS trailing edge. Make sure
THS surface.
(f) Make sure that:


EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 611
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-941-051
Subtask 55-20-00-010-051
F. Access
(1) Remove or open the trailing edge access panels as necessary for the
inspection (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
(2) Remove the cover from the lightening holes on the front spar.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 55-20-00-991-002)
Subtask 55-20-00-210-052
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the elevator panels internal structure,

as far
as visible, thru the lightening holes, for:
- skin delamination,
R 55210001).

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 612
Nov 01/09

CES
Elevator Internal-Structure Inspection
R Figure 603/TASK 55-20-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 613
Aug 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-20-00-410-053
items.
Subtask 55-20-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Cut and install hole covers, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-015), to
the lightening holes on the elevator front spar.
(a) Cut a piece of tedlar MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-015) with 20

mm (0.7874 in.) of excess of the hole dimension, to make the hole
cover.
(b) Abrade the paint of the front spar with scotch brite type A on
the area where the hole cover will be bonded.
(c) Clean the area using CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).
(d) Bond the hole cover using SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005).
(2) Close or install the trailing-edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-
400-001).
Subtask 55-20-00-942-051
Subtask 55-20-00-081-051

R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 614
Aug 01/07

CES
R (2) Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) from the
elevator:
Subtask 55-20-00-865-053
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 615
Feb 01/09

CES
TASK 55-20-00-200-003
Detailed Inspection of Elevator Hinge Fittings and Actuator Fittings, LH/RH
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO THE INSPECTION. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
ALUMINIUM AND HAVE GLASSFIBER COVERS WHICH CAN BE EASILY DAMAGED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 616
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-13-916-001 Repair to a layer of Moisture-Removing Oil
R ASRM 55260001
55-20-00-991-006 Fig. 601
55-20-00-991-003 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-20-00-860-054
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 617
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-20-00-481-052

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)
R (2) Put the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the

elevator:
THS surface.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 618
Feb 01/09

CES
(f) Make sure that:
Subtask 55-20-00-941-052
Subtask 55-20-00-010-052
E. Access
(1) Open the access panels 334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334HB, 335AB, 335BB,
335CB, 335DB and/or 344BB, 344DB, 344FB, 344HB, 345AB, 345BB, 345CB,
345DB.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 55-20-00-991-003)
Subtask 55-20-00-110-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Clean the elevator hinge supports, the servo actuator fittings and
the adjacent structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and
a lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 619
Aug 01/07

CES
Elevator Hinge Supports and Servo Actuator Fittings
R Figure 604/TASK 55-20-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 620
Aug 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-210-055
B. Detailed Inspection
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the elevator hinge fittings, the

actuator fittings and the adjacent structure for:
- delamination,
- deterioration to the structure,
- condition of the tab lugs and fasteners,
- scratches,
- marks, scores and corrosion,
- dents, indentation and gouges,
- cracks,
- damaged paintwork.
R 55260001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-20-00-916-050
A. Protective Treatment
(1) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) or STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the outer surfaces of the
elevator hinge support and the servo actuator fittings. (Ref. TASK
51-75-13-916-001)
Subtask 55-20-00-410-054
items.
Subtask 55-20-00-410-055
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access panels 334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334HB, 335AB, 335BB,
335CB, 335DB and/or 344BB, 344DB, 344FB, 344HB, 345AB, 345BB, 345CB,
345DB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 621
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-942-052
Subtask 55-20-00-810-050

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)
elevator:
(e) Tigthen the wing nut (6).
Subtask 55-20-00-865-055
breaker(s):
22CE:

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 622
Feb 01/09

CES
TASK 55-20-00-200-005
Detailed Inspection of Outboard Rib, LH/RH
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 623
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A

ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-24-11-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps.
55-24-11-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Tips and End Caps.
R ASRM 55210001
55-20-00-991-006 Fig. 601
55-20-00-991-004 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-20-00-860-056
(1) Make sure that the elevators are on their lower travel stops.
(2) Depressurize the green, the yellow and the blue hydralic systems.
29-10-00-864-003)
Subtask 55-20-00-481-054
B. Install Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 624
Nov 01/09

CES
R (2) Put the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the
elevator:
elevator surface.
(f) Make sure that:

Subtask 55-20-00-941-053
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the flight compartment to tell persons not
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
334/344.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 625
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-865-056
R D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-20-00-010-053
R E. Get Access
(1) Remove the Elevator Tips (Ref. TASK 55-24-11-000-001).
Subtask 55-20-00-560-050
R F. Preparation of the Inspection Area
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
smooth.
(2) If necessary, clean the surface of the inspection area with a

MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) moist in CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) until contamination is removed. Do not let the
cleaning agent dry on the surfaces.

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 626
Aug 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 55-20-00-991-004)
Subtask 55-20-00-210-056
(1) Make a detailed inspection of the external surface of the elevator

outboard rib for corrosion.
(2) If there is damage, look for the allowable damage limits and the
R applicable repair procedure. (Ref. ASRM 55210001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-20-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the Elevator Tips (Ref. TASK 55-24-11-400-001)
Subtask 55-20-00-865-057
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 55-20-00-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment
Subtask 55-20-00-081-053

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-20-00-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 627
Nov 01/09

CES
Inspection of Outboard Rib, LH/RH
R Figure 605/TASK 55-20-00-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 628
Aug 01/07

CES
elevator:

EFF :

ALL 55-20-00

Page 629
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
TASK 55-20-00-200-006
R Special Detailed Inspection of Elevator Top and Bottom Skin Panels with
R Elevator Removal
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 630
Nov 01/09

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SYRINGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 55210001
R ASRM 55211100
NTM 511003
NTM 552007
SRM 514421
SRM 517511
SRM 517512
R
SRM 552111 PB 201
55-20-00-991-005 Fig. 606

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 631
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-20-00-860-057
(1) Determine the skin panels structure identification of your elevator

R (Ref. ASRM 55211100).
(2) Make sure that the elevators are on their lower travel limit stops.
Subtask 55-20-00-860-058
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-20-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-20-00-481-053

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 632
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-20-00-941-054
Subtask 55-20-00-010-054
F. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable Elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
NOTE : Elevator removal is only necessary for NTM 552007

____
Thermographic Inspections Method A (Oven) and Method C
(Refrigerator). Elevator removal is not necessary for Method B
(Blankets).
Subtask 55-20-00-860-059
G. Preparation of the Inspection Areas
smooth.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 633
Nov 01/09
R
CES
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
(2) If necessary, clean the outer surface of the inspection area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003). Make sure the inspection area is dry before you
continue.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 55-20-00-991-005)
Subtask 55-20-00-280-051
A. Special Detailed Inspection
(1) Make a Thermographic Inspection of the elevator top and bottom skin
panels for trapped water inside the honeycomb core cells (Ref. NTM
552007).
R NOTE : The Elevator is removed. The applicable inspections are the

____
R NTM 552007 Thermographic Inspection Method A (Oven) or Method
R C (Refrigerator).
NOTE : Classify the indications as regular or irregular, in shape and

____
colour.
(2) Make a Resonance Frequency Inspection of the elevator top and bottom
skin panels in the areas with thermographic findings for false
indications (Ref. NTM 511003).
(3) Do a check of the indications given by the Thermographic and the

Resonance Frequency Inspections, for the following signs of approved
existing repairs.
(a) Thermographic indications with a regular shape and colour.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 634
Nov 01/09

CES
Inspection - Elevator
Figure 606/TASK 55-20-00-991-005

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 635
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(b) Visual indications that the outer surface of the elevator panel
is not homogeneous.
(c) If previous steps do not confirm approved existing repairs,

remove locally the external surface protection at affected area
looking for repair plies (Ref. SRM 517511), paragraph 3.
NOTE : Sometimes, an aerodynamic smoother is applied over the

____
repaired area. If this occurs, remove the aerodynamic
smoother by same method as removal of external surface
protection.
(4) Make an analysis of the previous steps:
(a) The indication is confirmed as an existing repair without liquid

ingress damage, if:
- The indication is regular in both, geometrical shape and grey
colour, and
- Visual indication of panel surface plus removal of the local
external surface, if necessary, confirms an existing repair,
and
- The tap-test shows a dull sound (filler/resin confirmed at
affected area) or is not clear.
- If previous steps confirm the existing repair without liquid
ingress damage, a re-protection surface is required (Ref. SRM
517512).
(b) The indication could be confirmed as an existing repair with

liquid ingress damage or a non-homogeneous repair, if:
- The indication is regular in geometrical shape but not in grey
colour, and
external surface, if necessary, confirms an existing repair.
- The results of the tap-test are not important for indication
evaluation.
- If previous steps confirm the existing repair with liquid
ingress damage or a non-homogeneous repair, contact Airbus for
instructions.
NOTE : The image of relevant thermographic indication must be

____
reported to Airbus for assessment.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 636
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(c) The indication is confirmed as a potted area of the panel, if:
- The indication is regular in shape, in grey colour or in both,
and
external surface, if necessary, does not confirm an existing
repair, and
- The tap-test shows a dull sound (filler/resin confirmed at
affected area).
- If previous steps confirm the potted area of the panel, a
re-protection surface is required (Ref. SRM 517512).
(d) The indication could be confirmed as liquid ingress or resin

accumulation, if:
- The indication is irregular in shape, in grey colour or in
both, and
external surface, if necessary, does not confirm an existing
repair, and
- The tap-test is not clear.
NOTE : If you are not sure of the liquid ingress in the

____
indication, do the damage assessment by witness hole. This
procedure for liquid ingress confirmation is a destructive
method and it should be applied only if it is strictly
necessary.
(5) Damage assessment by witness hole procedure:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DEPTH OF THE HOLE IS NOT MORE THAN 2 MM
_______
(0.0787 IN.). MAKE SURE THAT YOU DRILL ONLY THE OUTER SKIN,
AND BE CAREFUL IN THE CHAMFER AREAS.
NOTE : This procedure for liquid ingress confirmation is a

____
destructive method. It is recommended to do only when you are
not sure of the liquid ingress.
(a) Make a hole of 2 mm (0.0787 in.) of diameter (Ref. SRM 514421),

paragraph 3. Only outer sandwich skin must be drilled.
(b) No more than three holes must be drilled to confirm the trapped
water indication. They must be drilled in the darker area of the
thermographic indication and inspected one by one.
NOTE : The holes have to keep a minimum distance from 8 mm

____
(0.3149 in.) to 12 mm (0.4724 in.) between the hole
centers.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 637
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NOTE : The total damaged area due to hole drilling must not be
____
more than 1000 mm2 (1.55 in.2) described in (Ref. ASRM
55210001).
(c) Use a dry SYRINGE to blow air through the holes.
(d) If water is found:
R 1
_ Do a damage evaluation (Ref. ASRM 55210001) including holes
for the total damaged area.
2
_ Do a repair (Ref. SRM 552111 PB 201).
(e) If water is not found:
R 1
_ Do a damage evaluation (Ref. ASRM 55210001).
2
_ Do a repair (Ref. SRM 552111 PB 201), paragraph 5D, figure
204.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-20-00-081-052
A. Remove Locking Devices
Subtask 55-20-00-865-059
B. Close Circuit Breakers

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 19CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE3, 19CE1, 15CE2
Subtask 55-20-00-410-057
C. Close Access
(1) Install the Elevator removed (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001)
items.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 638
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 639
Nov 01/09

CES
R TASK 55-20-00-200-006- 01
R Special Detailed Inspection of Elevator Top and Bottom Skin Panels without
R Elevator Removal
_______
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
R MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
R DAMAGE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
R FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
R CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 552007-01
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R No specific warning notices
R No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
R No specific 1 SYRINGE

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 640
Feb 01/10

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

R 29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R NTM 511003
R NTM 552007
R SRM 514421
R SRM 517511
R SRM 517512
R SRM 552100 PB 101
R SRM 552111 PB 001
R SRM 552111 PB 201
R 55-20-00-991-007 Fig. 607
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 55-20-00-860-060
R A. System Configuration
R (1) Determine the skin panels structure identification of your elevator

R (Ref. SRM 552111 PB 001).
R (2) Make sure that the elevators are on their lower travel limit stops.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 641
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 55-20-00-860-061
R B. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems
R (1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
R 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-002).
R Subtask 55-20-00-865-061
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
R Subtask 55-20-00-481-055
R D. Install Locking Devices
R (1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O
R side stick controllers.

R elevator.
R Subtask 55-20-00-941-055
R E. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.
R (2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
R the hydraulic systems.
R (3) Put the access platform in position at zone 334 for the left hand
R elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 642
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 55-20-00-860-062
R F. Preparation of the Inspection Areas
R (1) Make sure that the outer surface of the inspection area is clean and
R smooth.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
R AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (2) If necessary, clean the outer surface of the inspection area with the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003). Make sure the inspection area is dry before you
R continue.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 55-20-00-991-007)
R Subtask 55-20-00-280-052
R A. Special Detailed Inspection
R (1) Make a Thermographic Inspection of the elevator top and bottom skin
R panels for trapped water inside the honeycomb core cells (Ref. NTM
R 552007).
R NOTE : The Elevator is installed. The applicable inspection is the

____
R NTM 552007 Thermographic Inspection Method B (Blankets).
R NOTE : Classify the indications as regular or irregular, in shape and

____
R colour.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 643
Feb 01/10

CES
R Inspection - Elevator
R Figure 607/TASK 55-20-00-991-007

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 644
Feb 01/10

CES
R (2) Make a Resonance Frequency Inspection of the elevator top and bottom
R skin panels in the areas with thermographic findings for false
R indications (Ref. NTM 511003).
R (3) Do a check of the indications given by the Thermographic and the

R Resonance Frequency Inspections, for the following signs of approved
R existing repairs.
R (a) Thermographic indications with a regular shape and colour.
R (b) Visual indications that the outer surface of the elevator panel
R is not homogeneous.
R (c) If previous steps do not confirm approved existing repairs,

R remove locally the external surface protection at affected area
R looking for repair plies (Ref. SRM 517511), paragraph 3.
R NOTE : Sometimes, an aerodynamic smoother is applied over the

____
R repaired area. If this occurs, remove the aerodynamic
R smoother by same method as removal of external surface
R protection.
R (4) Make an analysis of the previous steps:
R (a) The indication is confirmed as an existing repair without liquid

R ingress damage, if:
R - The indication is regular in both, geometrical shape and grey
R colour, and
R - Visual indication of panel surface plus removal of the local
R external surface, if necessary, confirms an existing repair,
R and
R - The tap-test shows a dull sound (filler/resin confirmed at
R affected area) or is not clear.
R - If previous steps confirm the existing repair without liquid
R ingress damage, a re-protection surface is required (Ref. SRM
R 517512).
R (b) The indication could be confirmed as an existing repair with

R liquid ingress damage or a non-homogeneous repair, if:
R - The indication is regular in geometrical shape but not in grey
R colour, and
R external surface, if necessary, confirms an existing repair.
R - The results of the tap-test are not important for indication
R evaluation.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 645
Feb 01/10

CES
R - If previous steps confirm the existing repair with liquid
R ingress damage or a non-homogeneous repair, contact Airbus for
R instructions.
R NOTE : The image of relevant thermographic indication must be

____
R reported to Airbus for assessment.
R (c) The indication is confirmed as a potted area of the panel, if:

R - The indication is regular in shape, in grey colour or in both,
R and
R external surface, if necessary, does not confirm an existing
R repair, and
R - The tap-test shows a dull sound (filler/resin confirmed at
R affected area).
R - If previous steps confirm the potted area of the panel, a
R re-protection surface is required (Ref. SRM 517512).
R (d) The indication could be confirmed as liquid ingress or resin

R accumulation, if:
R - The indication is irregular in shape, in grey colour or in
R both, and
R external surface, if necessary, does not confirm an existing
R repair, and
R - The tap-test is not clear.
R NOTE : If you are not sure of the liquid ingress in the

____
R indication, do the damage assessment by witness hole. This
R procedure for liquid ingress confirmation is a destructive
R method and it should be applied only if it is strictly
R necessary.
R (5) Damage assessment by witness hole procedure:
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DEPTH OF THE HOLE IS NOT MORE THAN 2 MM
_______
R (0.0787 IN.). MAKE SURE THAT YOU DRILL ONLY THE OUTER SKIN,
R AND BE CAREFUL IN THE CHAMFER AREAS.
R NOTE : This procedure for liquid ingress confirmation is a

____
R destructive method. It is recommended to do only when you are
R not sure of the liquid ingress.
R (a) Make a hole of 2 mm (0.0787 in.) of diameter (Ref. SRM 514421),

R paragraph 3. Only outer sandwich skin must be drilled.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 646
Feb 01/10

CES
R (b) No more than three holes must be drilled to confirm the trapped
R water indication. They must be drilled in the darker area of the
R thermographic indication and inspected one by one.
R NOTE : The holes have to keep a minimum distance from 8 mm

____
R (0.3149 in.) to 12 mm (0.4724 in.) between the hole
R centers.
R NOTE : The total damaged area due to hole drilling must not be
____
R more than 1000 mm2 (1.55 in.2) described in (Ref. SRM
R 552100 PB 101).
R (c) Use a dry SYRINGE to blow air through the holes.
R (d) If water is found:
R 1
_ Do a damage evaluation (Ref. SRM 552100 PB 101) including
R holes for the total damaged area.
R 2
_ Do a repair (Ref. SRM 552111 PB 201).
R (e) If water is not found:
R 1
_ Do a damage evaluation (Ref. SRM 552100 PB 101).
R 2
_ Do a repair (Ref. SRM 552111 PB 201), paragraph 5D, figure
R 204.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 55-20-00-081-054
R A. Remove Locking Devices
R (1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) for the CAPT and
R F/O side stick controllers.
R elevator.
R Subtask 55-20-00-865-062
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 15CE1, 19CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE3, 19CE1, 15CE2

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 647
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 55-20-00-410-058
R C. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Remove the warning notice(s).
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-303,
55-20-00

Page 648
Feb 01/10

CES
ELEVATOR SPAR BOX - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
R 1. General.
________
R A. Elevator Spar Box.

R - The elevator spar box is the primary structural component of the
R elevator. All other components are attached to it.
R 2. ___________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R A. Elevator Components.
R - The structure of the elevator has a front spar, an upper and a lower
R skin panel and four ribs. All components are made of laminations of
R Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
R B. Skin Panels.
R - The skin panels are attached to the front spar and to the ribs. Hi-Lok
R fasteners attach them to the front spar and to the ribs. Honeycomb
R cores make them stronger. Screws connect the aft joint of the skin
R panels. Rivets attach a light-alloy profile to the trailing edge to
R make the trailing edge stronger. The light-alloy profile is sealed.
R C. Elevator Fittings.
R - There are six hinge fittings and two actuator fittings attached to the
R front spar. Six nose ribs make the leading edge stronger. Hi-Lok
R fasteners attach the fittings and the ribs.
R D. Hoisting Points.
R - The elevator structure has three hoisting points. Hi-Lok fasteners
R attach them. Two hoisting points are installed to the front spar and to
R the upper skin panel. The third point is installed on rib 5 and to the
R upper skin panel.
R E. Water Drainage.
R - To prevent water accumulation, two drain holes have been made in the
R lower skin at Rib 1.

EFF :

ALL 55-21-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Elevator Structure
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-21-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
ELEVATOR LEADING EDGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The rounded forward edge of the upper and lower skin panels make the
elevator leading edge. It has four access panels on the lower side.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
Six nose ribs make the leading edge stronger. In the area of the hinge
fittings and the actuator fittings it has cut-outs. Four access panels make
the access to this area easier. Countersunk screws attach the access panels
to the nose ribs and along the lower skin panel. All components are made of
laminations of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).

EFF :

ALL 55-22-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Elevator Leading Edge
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-22-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
LEADING EDGE - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 55-22-11-000-001
Removal of the Elevator Leading Edge Access Panels 335AB (345AB), 335BB
(345BB), 335CB (345CB), 335DB (345DB).
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27309009001 1 COLLAR-DEPTH ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-22-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-22-11-860-050
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 55-22-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 402
Nov 01/05

CES
Subtask 55-22-11-481-050
R (2) Install the COLLAR-DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009001) on the

servocontrol eleavators.
Subtask 55-22-11-941-050
Subtask 55-22-11-020-050
E. Access
(1) Remove the THS trailing edge access panels as necessary (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-22-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-22-11-020-052
A. Remove Access Panels
(2) Remove the leading-edge access panels (1), (2), (3) and (4).

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 403
Feb 01/08

CES
Elevator Leading Edge-Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 55-22-11-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 404
Nov 01/05

CES
TASK 55-22-11-400-001
Installation of the Elevator Leading Edge Access Panels 335AB (345AB), 335BB
(345BB), 335CB (345CB), 335DB (345DB).

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 405
May 01/07
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27309009001 2 COLLAR-DEPTH ACTUATOR

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-22-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 406
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-22-11-860-052
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
R (3) Make sure that the COLLAR-DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009001) is

installed on the servo control elevaotrs.
and/or zone 340.
(7) Make sure that the THS trailing edge access panels have been removed
as necessary (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-22-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-22-11-914-050
A. Sealing
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) along the mating surfaces of the
leading edge access panels.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) along the mating
surfaces at the elevator.

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 407
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-22-11-410-051
items.
Subtask 55-22-11-420-050
C. Install Access Panels
(1) Put the leading-edge access panels (1), (2), (3) and (4) in position.
(2) Install the screws (5).
Subtask 55-22-11-110-051
D. Cleaning
(1) Clean the gaps around the leading-edge access panels with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-008).
Subtask 55-22-11-914-051
E. Sealing
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the gap along the mating
surfaces of the leading-edge access panels (1), (2), (3) and (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-22-11-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) If removed, install THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-
11-400-001)
R

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 408
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-22-11-081-050
R B. Remove Locking Devices
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO

_______
R CONTROL SAFETY BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO
R CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.
(2) Remove the COLLAR-DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009001) from the

servocontrol elevator.
R Subtask 55-22-11-942-051
R C. Remove Ground Equipment
R (1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
Subtask 55-22-11-865-051
breaker(s):
22CE

EFF :

ALL 55-22-11

Page 409
Aug 01/08

CES
ELEVATOR TIPS AND INBOARD END CAPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________
1. General.
________
A. Each elevator has a tip and an inboard end cap. The tips are installed on
the outboard ends of the elevators. The inboard end caps are installed on
the inboard ends of the elevators. You can remove the tips and the
inboard end caps.
2. ____________
Description.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. Inboard End Caps.

- The inboard end caps are made from laminations of Carbon Fiber
Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) on a honeycomb core. They are attached to the
elevator ribs 1. Countersunk screws attach them. Tips, which are made
of light alloy, make the trailing edges of the end caps stronger. They
are riveted to the end caps.
B. Tips.
- The elevator tips are made of light alloy. Ribs of the same material
make them stronger. Countersunk screws attach the tips. Each tip has
two static dischargers.

EFF :

ALL 55-24-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-24-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
TIPS AND END/CAPS - ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 55-24-11-000-001
Removal of the Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 401
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-14-11-000-001 Removal of the Tips 332AB/342AB
R 55-24-11-991-002 Fig. 401
R 55-24-11-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-24-11-860-050
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)
Subtask 55-24-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-24-11-481-050

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-24-11-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 402
Aug 01/07

CES
R Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting
R Figure 401/TASK 55-24-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 403
Aug 01/07

CES
elevator:
THS surface.
(f) Make sure that:

Subtask 55-24-11-941-050

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 404
Aug 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-24-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-24-11-020-050
A. Removal
(1) Remove the Elevator Tips
(a) If you replace the elevator tips (2) and to prevent injuries,
remove the static dischargers (4) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001)
(b) Remove the horizontal stabilizer tips 332AB and 342AB as

necessary (Ref. TASK 55-14-11-000-001)
(c) Remove the screws (1).
(d) Carefully remove the elevator tips (2).
(2) Remove the Elevator End Caps
(a) Remove the applicable elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
(b) Remove the screws (1).
(c) Carefully remove the elevator end caps (3).

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 405
Aug 01/07

CES
Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps
R Figure 402/TASK 55-24-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 406
Aug 01/07

CES
TASK 55-24-11-560-001

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 407
Aug 01/07
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-008

(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-24-11-860-052
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
R (3) Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000)
are installed on the elevator.

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 408
Aug 01/09

CES
and/or zone 345.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-24-11-140-050
A. Cleaning
(1) Remove the old sealant from the mating surfaces of the tips and the
elevator end caps. Use a nonmetallic scraper.
Subtask 55-24-11-210-050
(1) Make sure that the related anchor nuts at the elevator end ribs are
in a good condition.
(2) Examine the removed static dischargers for good condition.
Subtask 55-24-11-110-050
C. Cleaning

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
CES
TASK 55-24-11-400-001
Installation of the Elevator Tips and End Caps.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth


EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 410
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

55-14-11-400-001 Installation of the Tips 332AB/342AB
55-24-11-991-002 Fig. 401
55-24-11-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-24-11-860-051
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
R (3) Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000)
is installed on the elevator.

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 411
Aug 01/09

CES
and/or zone 345.
Subtask 55-24-11-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-24-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-24-11-420-050
A. Installation
(1) Install the Elevator Tips.
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) and SPECIAL MATERIALS

(Material No. 05-013) along the mating surfaces.
(b) Put the elevator tips (2) in position.
(c) Install the screws (1).
(d) If removed, install the horizontal stabilizer tips 332AB and

342AB (Ref. TASK 55-14-11-400-001).
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the gaps between the tips
and the elevator skin panels.

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 412
Aug 01/07

CES
(f) Install the static dischargers (4) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
(g) Make sure that the electrical bonding between the THS bonding
leads and the static dischargers (4) (metallic parts) is not
higher than the maximum permitted resistance value (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
(2) Install the Elevator End Caps.
(a) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and clean lint free
cloth to clean the elevator and end cap interface.
(b) Make sure that the surfaces are clean and all the old sealant is
removed.
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) and separator agent SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) along the mating surfaces.
(d) Put the elevator end caps (3) in position.
(e) Install the screws (1).
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the gaps between the
elevator end caps and the elevator skin skin panels.
(g) Install the applicable elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-24-11-942-051
A. Remove Ground Equipment
Subtask 55-24-11-081-050
B. Remove Locking Devices

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-24-11-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 413
Aug 01/07

CES
elevator:
Subtask 55-24-11-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

15CE1, 19CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE3, 19CE1, 15CE2

EFF :

ALL 55-24-11

Page 414
Aug 01/09

CES
ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Six elevator attach fittings and two actuator attach fittings are riveted on
the front spar of each elevator.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The elevator attach fittings attach the elevator through hinge bolts to the
hinge arms of the horizontal stabilizer. The actuator attach fittings attach
the elevator to the elevator servo controls.
All the fittings are made of light alloy. Hi-Lok fasteners attach them to
the spar.

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Elevator Attach Fittings
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 55-26-00-200-002
Check of Elevator Attachment Fittings for wear, LH/RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-34-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to

0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral
Setting (98D27309006000)
27-34-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to
0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral
Setting (98D27309002000)
27-34-41-200-001 In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Hinge Fittings
27-34-51-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
27-34-51-200-001 In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control
Attach-Fittings
27-34-51-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
55-16-42-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
R ASRM 55264702
CMM 552115
R
55-26-00-991-001 Fig. 601
55-26-00-991-002 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 601
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-26-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable elevator servo-control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-

001).
(2) Remove the applicable elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-26-00-220-050
A. Inspection of the Hinge Fittings of the Elevator

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-26-00-991-001)
(1) Do a dimensional inspection of (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-200-001)

- bolts (4), shouldered bushes (1) and plain bushes (2) of the hinge
fittings No. 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6.
- bolt (5), shouldered bush (9) and plain bushes (6) and (7) of the
hinge fitting No. 4.
(a) If the dimensions of these parts are out of limits, replace them
- bolts (4) and (5), shouldered bushes (1) and plain bush (6)
(Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
- plain bushes (2) and (7) and shouldered bush (9) (Ref. CMM
552115).
(2) Make sure that these bushes cannot be turned by hand

- plain bushes (2) of the hinge fittings No. 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6.
- plain bush (7) and shouldered bush (9) of the hinge fitting No. 4.
(a) If the bushes can be turned by hand

- remove the plain bushes (2) and (7), and shouldered bush (9)
(Ref. CMM 552115).
- do a dimensional inspection of the hinge fitting hole (Ref. CMM
552115).
- if the dimensions of the hinge fitting hole are out of the
limits, contact AIRBUS for repair procedure.
- replace the plain bushes (2) and (7), and shouldered bush (9)
(Ref. CMM 552115).

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 602
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Hinge Fittings of the Elevator
Figure 601/TASK 55-26-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 603
Aug 01/07

CES
(3) Examine the bearings of the elevator hinge-arm end-fittings
- bearings (3) for the elevator hinge-arm end-fittings No. 1, 2, 3, 5
and 6.
- bearing (8) for the elevator hinge-arm end-fitting No. 4.
(a) Install a bolt through the bearing. Make sure that the diameter
of the bolt agrees with the original limits (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-
200-001).
(b) Move the bolt into the bearing.
(c) Make sure that the bearing has no radial or axial play. If there
is any play, replace the bearing (Ref. TASK 55-16-42-000-001).
Subtask 55-26-00-220-051
B. Inspection of the Hinge Fittings of the Elevator Servo-Control

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-26-00-991-002)
(1) Do a dimensional inspection of bolt (3), shouldered bushes (2) and

(4) and plain bush (1) for hinge fittings (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-
001).
(a) If the dimensions of these parts are out of limits, replace them
- bolt (3) and plain bush (1) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
- shouldered bushes (2) and (4) (Ref. CMM 552115).
(2) Make sure that the shouldered bushes (2) and (4) cannot be turned by
hand
(a) If one or more of the shouldered bushes can be turned by hand

- remove the applicable shouldered bush(es) (Ref. CMM 552115).
- do a dimensional inspection of the hinge fitting hole (Ref. CMM
552115).
- if the dimensions of the hinge fitting hole are out of limits,
contact with AIRBUS for repair advice.
- replace the applicable shouldered bush(es) (Ref. CMM 552115).
(3) Examine the locking lug of the hinge fittings. If a damage is found,
R repair the hinge fitting (Ref. ASRM 55264702).

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 604
Nov 01/09

CES
Hinge Fittings of the Elevator Servo-Control
Figure 602/TASK 55-26-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 605
Aug 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-26-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Install the elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
(2) Install the elevator servo-control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
(3) Do the elevator servo-control adjustment (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003)

or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003).

EFF :

ALL 55-26-00

Page 606
Nov 01/09

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. General
_______
The vertical stabilizer is attached to the rear fuselage. It holds the

rudder. Three servo control units operate the rudder. The High Frequency
(HF) antenna and the Very high frequency Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are
attached to the vertical stabilizer. You can remove the vertical stabilizer
as one unit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Description
___________
R A. General
R The vertical stabilizer has a spar box, leading edge, trailing edge, tip
R and rudder. Hoisting points are installed on each side of the spar box.
R You can remove the leading edge, the trailing edge, the tip and the
R rudder independently.
R B. The Spar Box

R The primary structural component of the vertical stabilizer is the spar
R box. It is made of laminations of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
R Three pairs of primary attach fittings attach the spar box to the
R fuselage. Three transverse-load fittings transmit the transverse loads of
R the vertical stabilizer. They are laminated to the front, center and rear
R spar. Two hoisting points are installed on each side of the spar box.
R C. Fittings
R Rudder hinge arms and actuator fittings are attached to the rear spar of
R the spar box and hold the rudder. A strut between the rear spar of the
R spar box and rudder bearing No. 6 holds the vertical load of the rudder.
R Supports for the HF-antenna are installed to the front spar. The
R VOR-antenna is attached to a support frame on the upper end rib.
R D. Leading Edge
R The leading edge has three sections. They are made of laminations of
R Glassfiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) on a honeycomb core.
R E. Trailing Edge
R The trailing edge has four access panels on each side and three support
R frames. They cover the rudder hydraulics, servo controls, rods and hinge
R fittings. The access panels are made of laminations of CFRP on a
R honeycomb core. The support frames are made of CFRP.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Vertical Stabilizer
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
R F. Tip
R The vertical stabilizer tip is made of laminations of GFRP on a honeycomb
R core. It is installed to the top of the spar box and to the leading-edge
R end rib.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 3
Aug 01/04

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________
TASK 55-30-00-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of Vertical Stabilizer Center Box Internal Structure

as far as Visible, Front Spar FWD Face Upper Closing Rib Upper Surface
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 12 m (39 ft. 4 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-015C

X (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Fairings 325AL and 325AR
53-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Fairings 325AL and 325AR
55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-33-13-010-002 Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
325BR
55-33-13-410-002 Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge
Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL,
325CR, 325BL and 325BR
R 55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
R 55-34-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
ASRM 553100101
55-30-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-30-00-860-052
29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.
(3) Put the adjustable access platform in position at Zone 320.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 602
Nov 01/03

CES
Subtask 55-30-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 55-30-00-010-052-A
R C. Get Access
R (1) Remove the vertical stabilizer tip (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-001).
R (2) Remove the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-32-
R 11-000-001).
R (3) Remove the dorsal fin 321AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).
R (4) Remove the fairings 325AL and 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001).
R (5) Open and safety the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325BR, 325CR
R (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (6) Remove the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
R 002).
R (7) Remove the tape from the lighting holes at the spars.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 603
Aug 01/01

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-30-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-30-00-210-050
A. Inspection
(1) Do a visual inspection of the vertical stabilizer center box internal

structure as far as visible, the front spar FWD face and the upper
closing rib upper structure.
(2) If you find damage, look for the limits (Ref. ASRM 553100101).
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 55-30-00-410-054-A
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Cut and install SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-015C) to the
R lighting holes on the spars.
R (3) Close the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325BR, 325CR (Ref. TASK
R 55-33-13-410-002).
R (4) Install the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
R 410-002).
R (5) Install the fairings 325AL and 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001).
R (6) Install the vertical stabilizer tip (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-400-001).
R (7) Install the leading edge (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).
R (8) Install the dorsal fin 321AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001).
R standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 604
Aug 01/01

CES
Vertical-Stabilizer Spar-Box - Inspection Area
Figure 601/TASK 55-30-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 605
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 55-30-00-865-051
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2,
19CE3, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 606
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-30-00-210-001
Detailed Visual inspection of the Hinge Arm 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 and the Fin
Actuator Fittings 1, 2 and 3
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
R
55-30-00-991-002 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-30-00-860-050
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
29-00-00-864-001),

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 608
Feb 01/08

CES
R Subtask 55-30-00-865-056
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
R 121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
Subtask 55-30-00-010-053
R C. Get Access
(2) Open and safety the access panels 325BL, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
Subtask 55-30-00-110-050
R D. Cleaning
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

CES
_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002)
and a lint-free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
R
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-30-00-991-002)
R
Subtask 55-30-00-210-056
A. Inspection
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the rudder hinge arm 1, 2, 3, 4

and 5 and the fin actuator fittings actuator 1, 2 and 3.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-30-00-916-050
A. Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.
Subtask 55-30-00-410-055
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 610
Feb 01/08

CES
Hinge Arms 1 thru 5 and Actuator Fittings 1, 2 and 3
Figure 602/TASK 55-30-00-991-002

R

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 611
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-30-00-865-057
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE3, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3

R

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

CES
TASK 55-30-00-210-002
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Hinge Arm 6 and 7
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 613
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
55-34-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
R 55-42-13-000-001 Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
R Attach Fitting No. 7
R 55-42-13-400-001 Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
R Attach Fitting No. 7
55-30-00-991-003 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-30-00-860-051
_______
_______
29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 614
May 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-30-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-30-00-010-054
C. Get Access
(2) Open and safety the access panel 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(3) Remove the access panel 325EL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(4) Remove the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 615
May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-30-00-010-054-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the
Zone 320.
001).
(5) Remove the access panel 326CT for the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-30-00-110-051
D. Cleaning
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 616
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 55-30-00-991-003)
Subtask 55-30-00-210-057
A. Inspection
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the rudder hinge arm 6 and 7.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-30-00-916-051

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-30-00-410-056
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
(3) Install the access panel 325EL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
(4) Install the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-400-
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 617
May 01/07

CES
Hinge Arms 6 and 7
Figure 603/TASK 55-30-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 618
May 01/07
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-30-00-410-056-A
B. Close Access
items.
001).
(5) Install the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-400-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-30-00-865-059
breaker(s):

EFF :

ALL 55-30-00

Page 619
Feb 01/10

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The vertical stabilizer spar box is the primary structural component of the
vertical stabilizer. All other components of the vertical stabilizer are
attached to it.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R 3. Description
___________
R A. Spar Box Structure
R (1) The vertical stabilizer spar box has a front, center and rear spar,
R ribs and side shells. All components are made of laminations of the
R Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
R (2) Seven ruddre hinge arms, the hinge arm fittings and three actuator
R fittings are made of aluminum alloy. They are attached to the rear
R spar and the side shells. Hi-Lok fasteners are used to attach them.
R (3) The left-hand and right-hand side shells are made by a

R one-shot-bonding technique. The skin, stringers, webs and three
R fuselage attachment fittings are one unit.
R (4) The front spar and the rear spar are riveted between the two side
R shells. Hi-Lok rivets are used for the installation. The spars have a
R number of holes to give access to the inside of the spar box. An
R intermediate spar is riveted between rib 1 and rib 2. Each spar has a
R transverse-load fitting at its lower end.
R (5) The spar box has eleven ribs. Except for rib 1 and rib 2, they are at
R right angles to the rear spar. The center spar divides rib 1 into
R two. All ribs are riveted to the side shells, webs and through angles
R to the spars. Hi-Lok fasteners are used to attach them.
R (6) Two hoisting points are installed on each side of the spar box. Each
R hoisting point has a threaded sleeve which is bonded into the side
R shell. There is a plastic plug in each hoisting point, that must be
R removed before the hoist fitting is installed. When the hoisting
R points are not in use they are covered with self adhesive disks.
R (7) Each side shell has four levelling points.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Vertical Stabilizer Spar Box
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-31-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
SPAR BOX - VERTICAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 55-31-11-000-001
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

No specific support
No specific crane 800 kg (1763.6976 lb)
No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 SCALE 1000 KG (2200 LB)
R 98A55308440000 1 SLING,UNIVERSAL-TAIL PLANE
98D27207516000 1 RIGGING PIN SET
98D27207549000 1 PIN - RIGGING
98D55307503001 1 CENTER-BOLTS, VERT. STABILIZER
R 98D55307518000 1 TBD

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 98D55308676000 1 EXTRACTOR - REMOVAL, VTP BOLT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
51-78-00-615-002 Aircraft Cleaning after a Hydraulic Fluid Leakage
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-55-11-000-001 Removal of the Fairings 323AL/323AR
325BR
55-43-19-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Fillet Fairing
55-31-11-991-005 Fig. 401
55-31-11-991-001 Fig. 402
55-31-11-991-002 Fig. 403
55-31-11-991-003 Fig. 404
55-31-11-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-31-11-864-050
A. Hydraulic Safety Procedure
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic reservoir.
(3) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 402
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-31-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C ALL

49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-31-11-860-050
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
(2) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.
(3) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.
(4) Make sure that the red painted marks on the tail cone and the
trailing edge of the rudder are aligned.
(5) Put the rigging pin 98D27207516160, part of RIGGING PIN SET
(98D27207516000) in the rudder cable quadrant.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-31-11-991-005)
(6) Put the rigging pin 98D27207516330, part of RIGGING PIN SET
(98D27207516000), or the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the rudder
control unit.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-31-11-991-005)
R Subtask 55-31-11-010-051-A
R D. Get Access
R (2) Open the access panels 325BR and 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (3) Remove the dorsal fin 321AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).
R (4) Remove the vertical stabilizer fairings 323AL and 323AR (Ref. TASK
R 53-55-11-000-001).
R (5) Remove the rudder fairings 325AL and 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-
R 001).
R (6) Remove the rudder fillet fairing (Ref. TASK 55-43-19-000-001).
R (7) Put an adjustable access platform in position at Zone 325.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 404
Aug 01/01

CES
Pushrod
Figure 401/TASK 55-31-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 405
Feb 01/99
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-31-11-020-053
A. Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer
(1) Remove the self-adhesive discs from the lift points on the vertical
stabilizer.
(2) Remove the plastic plugs from the lift points.
(3) Install the lift lugs with the eye end out of the stabilizer.
R (4) Put the crane with the TBD or the SLING,UNIVERSAL-TAIL PLANE
R (98A55308440000) and a SCALE 1000 KG (2200 LB) in position. Attach
the cables to the hoist fittings. When you remove the vertical
stabilizer, use a scale and monitor the weight. Do not lift with more
than 600.0 kg (1325.0 lbs.).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-31-11-991-001)
(a) Remove the nut (9) and disconnect the HF-feedline (16).
(b) Remove the screws (12), the washers (13), the spacers (11) and
the clamps (10).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connectors 7102 VC-A (17) and 7113 VC-A
(15).
(d) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3), the nuts (4) and the
clamps (1).
(e) Disconnect the electrical connectors 7103 VC-A (8), 7112 VC-A
(5), 7135 VC-A (7) and 7148 VC-A (6).
(f) Put a CAP - BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector.
(6) Disconnect the bonding connections:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 55-31-11-991-002)
(a) Remove the screws (30) and the washers (29) and disconnect the
bonding plate (31).
(b) Remove the nuts (21), the bolts (32), the washers (22) and
disconnect the bonding strap (23).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Electrical Connections
Figure 402/TASK 55-31-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 407
Feb 01/99
R
CES
Bonding Connections
Figure 403/TASK 55-31-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 408
Feb 01/98

CES
R (7) Disconnect the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 55-31-11-991-003)
R (a) Remove the nuts (43), the washers (42) and the top parts of the
R clamp blocks (41).
(b) Put the CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) in position to collect the

unwanted fluid.
(c) Disconnect and remove the hydraulic pipes (44) and (45).
(d) Disconnect the flexible hoses (35), (36), (37) and (38).
(e) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(f) Remove the unwanted hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-615-002).
R (8) Remove the transverse load forks:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 55-31-11-991-006)
(a) Identify the position of the transverse load forks (54) for
installation.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (59) and (72).
(c) Remove the nuts (62), the washers (63), the bolts (60) and the
bushes (57), (58) and (65).
(d) Remove the transverse load forks (54).
R (9) Remove the pushrod:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-31-11-991-005)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (85).
(b) Remove the nuts (84) and (87), the washers (83) and (86) and the
bolts (82).
(c) Remove the pushrod (81).
R (10) Remove the attach bolts:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 55-31-11-991-006)
(a) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get an equal tension.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 409
Feb 01/08

CES
Hydraulic Connections
Figure 404/TASK 55-31-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 410
Feb 01/99
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

55-31-11

Page 411
Feb 01/99

CES
R Transverse Load Forks and Tapered Attach Bolts

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 412
May 01/04

CES
R Transverse Load Forks and Tapered Attach Bolts

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 413
May 01/04

CES
(b) Increase the cable tension to release the load from the bolts
(53).
NOTE : You must only remove one attach bolt at a time.

____
(c) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-
5625) and remove the tab washers (50) from the slotted nuts (51).
(d) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-

5625) and remove the slotted nuts (51) and the washers (66).
NOTE : Identify each bolt (53) and split sleeve (52) to make sure
____
you install them together in the same position.
R (e) Remove the bolts (53) with an EXTRACTOR - REMOVAL, VTP BOLT
R (98D55308676000).
(f) Remove the split sleeves (52).
(g) Install a CENTER-BOLTS, VERT. STABILIZER (98D55307503001).
R (h) When all the attach bolts (53) and split sleeves (52) are
R removed, remove the centering bolts.
(11) Remove the vertical stabilizer from the aircraft and lower it on a
support.
R (12) Remove the sling.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 414
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 55-31-11-400-001
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific crane 800 kg (1763.6976 lb)

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
(50.00 to 260.00 lbf.ft)
98D55307503001 1 CENTER-BOLTS, VERT. STABILIZER
R 98D55307518000 1 TBD

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-052 F ASNA 2879
SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
59 cotter pins 55-31-04 02 -190

72 cotter pins 55-31-04 03 -190
85 cotter pins 27-21-04 21 -120
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-12-911-001 Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN

unions)
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
27-21-00-720-002 Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
27-25-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
34-55-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VOR/MKR
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 416
May 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-55-11-400-001 Installation of the Fairings 323AL/323AR

55-43-19-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Fillet Fairing
55-31-11-991-005 Fig. 401
55-31-11-991-001 Fig. 402
55-31-11-991-002 Fig. 403
55-31-11-991-003 Fig. 404
55-31-11-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-31-11-860-052
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
(3) Make sure that the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic system is
drpressurized(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-
002).
(4) Make sure that the rigging pins are installed.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 417
May 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 55-31-11-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 151-199,
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C ALL

R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
**ON A/C ALL

121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-31-11-560-050
A. Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer for Installation
(1) Clean all vertical stabilizer attach fittings with CLEANING AGENTS
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-31-11-420-053
A. Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer
R (1) Put the crane with the TBD or the SLING,UNIVERSAL-TAIL PLANE
R (98A55308440000) in position. Attach the cables to the lift lugs.
(2) Remove the support connections and lift the vertical stabilizer clear
of the support. Move it to the install position on the aircraft.
(3) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables and adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get an equal tension.
(4) Install CENTER-BOLTS, VERT. STABILIZER (98D55307503001) in the

forward attach-fittings.
(5) Install CENTER-BOLTS, VERT. STABILIZER (98D55307503001) in the aft

attach-fittings.
(6) Install the split sleeves and the attach bolts:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 55-31-11-991-006)
(a) At the forward attach-fittings, install the split sleeves (52)

from inboard. At the mid and the aft attach-fittings, install the
split sleeves (52) from outboard.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10

CES
R (b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the mid
R attach-fitting split sleeves (52) and install them.
CAUTION : APPLY AND KEEP A CONTINUOUS PRESSURE WITH YOUR HAND TO

_______
THE INBOARD SIDE OF THE SPLIT SLEEVE. THIS MAKES SURE
THAT THE SLEEVE STAYS FLUSH AT THE FITTING UNTIL YOU
INSTALL AND TORQUE THE TAPERED BOLT AND THE NUT. THIS
WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SPLIT SLEEVE.
R (c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the mid
R attach-fitting bolts (53) and install them.
R (d) Install, but do not tighten, the nuts (51) and the washers (66).
R (e) Do steps (a) to (c) for the forward and then the aft
R attach-fittings.
NOTE : Only remove one centering bolt at a time and install a

____
split sleeve.
(7) Move the stabilizer until the distance X is more than 0.5 mm
(0.0196 in.) at each fitting.
R (8) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625)

R and do the steps that follow:
(a) TORQUE the nuts (51) to 30 m.daN (221.23 lbf.ft).
(b) Loosen the nuts (51) to 7 m.daN (51.62 lbf.ft).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (51) to between 18 and 20 m.daN (132.74 and
147.49 lbf.ft).
(d) Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
313-5625) and install the tab washers (50) at the slotted nuts
(51).
R (9) Install the transverse load forks:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 55-31-11-991-006)
(a) Put the transverse load forks (54) into position.
R (b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (57),
R (58) and (65) and install them.
(c) Install the bolts (60).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 420
Feb 01/08

CES
R (d) If necessary, adjust the length of the transverse load forks
R (54).
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(e) Remove and discard the lockwire.
(f) Loosen the nuts (67).
(g) Turn the center rod (68) as necessary to get the correct length
of the transverse load fork.
(h) Tighten the nuts (67) and TORQUE to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (i) Safety the nuts (67) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-010).
(j) Install the washers (63) and the nuts (62).
(k) TORQUE the nuts (62) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in).
(l) Safety the nuts (62) with the cotter pins (59) and cotter pins
(72).
R (10) Install the pushrod:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-31-11-991-005)
(a) Put the pushrod (81) in position.
(b) Install the bolts (82), the washers (83) and (86) and the nuts
(84) and (87).
(c) Safety the nuts (84) and (87) with the cotter pins (85).
R (11) Remove the lift equipment:
(a) Remove the sling from the vertical stabilizer.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 421
Feb 01/08

CES
R (b) Remove the lift lugs.
R (c) Install the plastic plugs in the lift points. The plastic plugs
R must make a smooth surface with the skin.
R (d) Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

R No. 05-052) on the lift points.
R (12) Connect the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 20-
21-12-911-001):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 55-31-11-991-003)
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic pipes and hoses.
(b) Connect the flexible hoses (35), (36), (37) and (38).
(c) Connect the hydraulic pipes (44) and (45).
R (d) Install the top part of the clamp blocks (41), the washers (42)
R and the nuts (43).
R (13) Connect the electrical connections:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-31-11-991-001)
(a) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors
7103 VC-A (8), 7112 VC-A (5), 7135 VC-A (7) and 7148 VC-A (6).
(b) Install the clamps (1), the screws (2), the washers (3) and the
nuts (4).
(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors
7113 VC-A (15) and 7102 VC-A (17).
R (d) Put the clamps (10) and the bonding straps (14) in position.
R Install the screws (12) with the spacers (11) and the washers
(13) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(14) Attach the HF-feedline (16) with the nut (9).
R (15) Connect the bonding connections:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 55-31-11-991-002)
(a) Connect the bonding plate (31) with the washers (29) and the
screws (30) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(b) Connect the bonding strap (23), with the washers (22), the bolts
(32) and the nuts (21) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 422
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-31-11-865-054
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 5CC1, 5CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 1RE1, 2RS2,
14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE.
Subtask 55-31-11-860-051-A
C. Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer for Test
items.
(2) Install the rudder fillet fairing (Ref. TASK 55-43-19-400-001).
(3) Close the access panels 325BL and 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
(5) Remove the rigging pins from the rudder cable quadrant and the rudder
control unit.
Subtask 55-31-11-720-050
D. Do the Functional Test of the Rudder
(1) Do a functional test of the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-720-002).
(2) If the rudder has been removed, do a functional test of the rudder
control surface-position indicator (Ref. TASK 27-25-00-820-001).
(3) Make sure there are no hydraulic leaks from the pipes, hoses and
connections.
NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
Subtask 55-31-11-710-050
E. Do the Operational Test of the Antenas
(1) Do an operational test of the HF-System (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the VOR-System (Ref. TASK 34-55-00-710-

001).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 423
Feb 01/03
R
CES
Subtask 55-31-11-410-050
F. Close Access
(1) Install the dorsal fin 321AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001).
(2) Install the vertical stabilizer fairings 323AL and 323AR (Ref. TASK
53-55-11-400-001).
(3) Install the rudder fairings 325AL and 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-31-11

Page 424
Feb 01/03
R
CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The vertical stabilizer leading edge has three sections with the
designations 322AL, 322BL and 322CL. When you remove the leading edge you
get access to the front spar of the spar box.
2. Component
__________________
location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Description
___________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
A. Leading Edge Structure
(1) The leading edge is divided into three sections to make replacement
procedures easier. Each section is made of laminations of Glassfiber
Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) over a honeycomb core. The fronts are made
stronger to protect them against hail and bird impact damage. The
outer surface has a coat of a special paint to prevent erosion. The
sections are attached to the forward flanges of the side shells with
countersunk screws. Ribs connect the sections to each other.
(2) Each leading edge section has a hoisting point. Each hoisting point
has a threaded sleeve, which is bonded into the section. When the
hoisting points are not in use a plastic plug is fitted in the
threaded sleave and the hoisting points are covered by a self
adhesive disc which makes a smooth surface with the leading edge.
R **ON A/C ALL
Post SB 55-1029 For A/C 051-099,
A. Leading Edge Structure
(1) The leading edge is divided into three sections to make replacement
procedures easier. Each section is made of laminations of Glassfiber
Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) over a honeycomb core. The fronts are made
stronger to protect them against hail and bird impact damage. An
erosion protection steel-cover is installed on the front of leading
edge. The outer surface has a coat of a special paint to prevent
erosion. The sections are attached to the forward flanges of the side
shells with countersunk screws. Ribs connect the sections to each
other.

EFF :

ALL 55-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/08

CES
R Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-32-00

Page 2
May 01/02

CES
(2) Each leading edge section has a hoisting point. Each hoisting point
has a threaded sleeve, which is bonded into the section. When the
hoisting points are not in use a plastic plug is fitted in the
threaded sleave and the hoisting points are covered by a self
adhesive disc which makes a smooth surface with the leading edge.

R

EFF :

ALL 55-32-00

Page 3
Feb 01/08

CES
LEADING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 55-32-11-000-001
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE ANTENNA.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

No specific crane
98D55307531001 1 SLING - DORSAL FIN, LEADING EDGES, END CAP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-32-11-991-001-A Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
55-32-11-991-001 Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-32-11-991-003 Fig. 402
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-32-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-32-11-864-050
B. Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-32-11-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
(3) Put the crane in position.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-32-11-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-32-11-991-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-32-11-991-003)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 55-32-11-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
NOTE : The removal of the leading-edge panel (3) is given. The removal of
____
the leadig-edge panel (7) and (8) is the same.
(1) Remove the self-adhesive discs from the lift points.
(3) Install the lift lugs with the eye-end out of the leading-edge panel.
(4) Attach the SLING - DORSAL FIN, LEADING EDGES, END CAP
R (98D55307531001) or the SLING,UNIVERSAL-TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000)
to the lift lugs and to the crane.

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
Figure 401/TASK 55-32-11-991-001-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
55-32-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge.
Figure 401A/TASK 55-32-11-991-001

R

EFF :

051-099, 55-32-11

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
Installation of the Leading-Edge Steel Cover
Figure 402/TASK 55-32-11-991-003

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
55-32-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(5) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get equal tension. Increase the cable
tension to release the load from the screws (4).
(6) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (6).
(7) Remove the leading-edge panel (3) and lower it on an approved

support.
(8) Remove the sling.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-32-11-020-052
A. Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
(1) Remove the self-adhesive discs from the lift points.
(3) Install the lift lugs with the eye-end out of the leading-edge panel.
(5) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get equal tension. Increase the cable
tension to release the load from the screws (4).
(7) Remove the leading-edge panel and lower it on an approved support.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
55-32-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 55-32-11-400-001
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrade tool

No specific countersink tool
No specific crane
No specific drill
No specific hot air blower
No specific non metallic scraper
No specific porous felt
No specific roller

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 408
May 01/05
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific vacuum pump

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013A C Z-24.223

RELEASE AGENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-065 USA MIL-T-60394 TYPE I CLASS I
DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-030 D 80-T-50-4005
SEAL TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASRM 512300
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-32-11-991-001-A Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
55-32-11-991-001 Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,
55-32-11-991-003 Fig. 402
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-32-11-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Green, Blue and Yellow system is depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-32-11-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 55-32-11-560-050-A
C. Preparation for Installation

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-32-11-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 411
May 01/05

CES
(1) Prepare the vertical stabilizer leading-edge for installation.
(a) Remove the old sealant from the mating surface of the leading
edge sections, the ribs and the spar box with a nonmetallic
scraper.
(b) Make sure that the anchor nuts at the leading edge ribs and along
the spar box are in good condition.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(c) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004).
(2) Check the steel cover (13) for good conditinon and replace if
necessary. If you must replace the steel cover, continue as follows:
(a) Remove the sealant from around the steel cover (13) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(b) Make the steel cover (13) hot with a hot air blower.
NOTE : Do not increase the temperature at the steel cover (13) to

____
more then 60 deg.C (140.00 deg.F)
(c) Carefully release the steel cover (13) with a non metallic
scraper.
(d) Remove the old sealant from the leading edge-section (10) with a
non metallic scraper.
(e) Clean the leading-edge section (10) with CLEANING AGENTS

(f) Make sure that the paint coating is in the correct condition and
repair if necessary (Ref. ASRM 512300).
(g) Make the inner surface of the steel cover (13) rough.
NOTE : Do not drill the holes in the steel cover at this time. If
____
you do, the steel cover get damage.
(h) If removed, apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the washers

(6) and install them.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-203, 55-32-11

Page 412
May 01/05

CES
(i) Apply adhesive tape to the contour of the steel cover on the
leading-edge.
(j) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the mating surfaces of

the leading-edge skin and the steel cover. Use a roller.
(k) Put the steel cover in position and press the steel cover with a
roller on the leading-edge.
NOTE : Make sure that no air bubbles are under the steel cover.
____
(l) Remove the adhesive tape and the unwanted sealant from around the
steel cover.
(3) Install the vacuum equipment.
(a) Attach the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-030) (11) around and
approximately 30 mm (1.1811 in.) from the edge of the steel
cover.
(b) Install a sheet of porous felt (15) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-065) to the steel cover.
(c) Attach the vacuum valve (17) to the vacuum foil (16).
(d) Put the vacuum foil (16) in position on the steel cover, make
sure it makes an overlap of the seal tape (11) by approximately
30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(e) Connect the vacuum pump to the vacuum valve (17).
NOTE : Make sure that the vacuum foil makes an overlap of the
____
seal tape.
(f) Operate the vacuum pump for as long necessary, refer to the
environmental temperature shown in the table:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | TEMPERATURE | TIME |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) | for 48 hours |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-203, 55-32-11

Page 413
Aug 01/08

CES
(4) Remove the vacuum pump.
(a) Disconnect the vacuum pump from the vacuum valve (17).
(b) Remove the vacuum foil (16).
(c) Remove the vacuum valve (17) from the vacuum foil (16).
(d) Remove the porous felt (15).
(e) Remove the seal tape (11).
(f) Clean the steel cover and the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS
(5) Drilling of the steel cover (13).
(a) Carefully drill with a drill 4.8 mm (0.1889 in.) from the inner
side of the leading-edge through the steel cover.
(b) Make the diameter of the hols around the leading-edge to 9 mm

(0.3543 in.). Use a countersink tool.
(c) Make the diameter of the hols of the hoist fittings to 32 mm

(1.2598 in.). Use a abrade tool.
(6) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to all but joints and
around the holes.
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-32-11-560-050
C. Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge for Installation
(1) Remove the old sealant from the mating surface of the leading edge
sections, the ribs and the spar box with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Make sure that the anchor nuts at the leading edge ribs and along the
spar box are in good condition.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
55-32-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-32-11-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-32-11-991-001)
**ON A/C 001-049, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 55-32-11-420-051-A
A. Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
NOTE : The installation of the leading-edge panel (3) is given. The

____
installation of the leading-edge panel (7) and (8) is the same.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-32-11-991-001-A)
items.
(2) Prepare the mating surfaces of the leading-edge ribs and the
leading-edge section for the installation:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating surfaces
along the leading-edge ribs (1) and (2) and the spar box.
(b) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A)
to the mating surfaces of the leading-edge section (3).

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) Install the leading-edge:
(a) Put the leading-edge section (3) in position.
(b) Prepare the screws for installation:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the screws (4) and
the washers (6).
(c) Install the washers (6) and the screws (4).
(d) TORQUE the screws (4) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
44.24 lbf.in). Make sure that the bonding is correct (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004).
(6) Make sure the clearance A between the leading-edge panels is 1 +3 -
0 mm (0.0393 +0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
(8) Remove the lift lugs.
(9) Install the plastic plugs in the lift points. The plastic plugs must
make a smooth surface with the contour of the leading-edge.
(10) Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-052) on the lift points.
(11) Apply the sealant around the leading-edge section:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the spaces around the
leading-edge section (3). Make a smooth contour with the panel
and the spar box.

EFF :

001-049, 101-105, 201-203, 55-32-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-32-11-420-051
A. Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-32-11-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-32-11-991-001)
R **ON A/C 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
items.
(2) Prepare the mating surfaces of the leading-edge ribs and the
leading-edge section for the installation:.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating surfaces
along the leading-edge ribs (1) and (2) and the spar box.
(b) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A)
to the mating surfaces of the leading-edge section (3).
(5) Install the leading-edge:
(a) Put the leading-edge section (3) in position.
(b) Prepare the screws for installation:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

R

EFF : 051-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
55-32-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
1
_ Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the screws (4).
R (c) Install and TORQUE the screws (4) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN
R (35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in). Make sure that the bonding is correct
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (6) Make sure the clearance A between the leading-edge panels is 1 +3 -
0 mm (0.0393 +0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
R (8) Remove the lift lugs.
R (9) Install the plastic plugs in the lift points. The plastic plugs must
R make a smooth surface with the contour of the leading-edge.
R (10) Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-052) on the lift points.
R (11) Apply the sealant around the leading-edge section:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R (a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the clearance around
R the leading-edge section (3). Make a smooth contour with the
panel and the spar box.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-32-11-410-052
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the crane.

Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 418
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-32-11-865-052
breaker(s):
19CE3, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 419
May 01/04

CES
LEADING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER - CLEANING/PAINTING
______________________________________________________
TASK 55-32-11-100-001
R Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer Leading - Edge for Anti-Erosion Protection

Application
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-132 AIB AIMS 04-12-001
R ANTI EROSION TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-017A USA DOD-A-82720
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI-EROSION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 701
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-011

SCOTCH BRITE PADS (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
ASRM 51-75-12-001
55-32-11-991-002 Fig. 701
3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE
_______
YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
Subtask 55-32-11-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 702
Feb 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-32-11-941-052
B. Job Set-up
(1) Depressurise the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 55-32-11-991-002)
Subtask 55-32-11-110-052
A. Cleaning.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 703
Aug 01/08

CES
R Cleaning/Repair Area and Dimensions
Figure 701/TASK 55-32-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 704
Aug 01/04

CES
(1) Cleaning of the leading edge.
(a) Clean the leading edge surface with a Lint free cloth and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
- Apply the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to the cloth,
not the cloth to the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
This will prevent the transfer of contamination.
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) before it becomes dry. Use a new
lint free cloth frequently to make sure that the dirt and
contamination is not put back on the surface.
(b) When the area is clean, wash it with fresh clean water.
(c) Carefully dry the area with a new, dry, lint free cloth.
Subtask 55-32-11-370-050
R B. Painting

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Do a repair if the paint or primer layers are damaged (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-001).
(2) Treatment before Painting:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE TO MAKE THE SURFACE SMOOTH. TOO MUCH FORCE
_______
WILL CAUSE:
- DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
- DELAMINATION OF THE COMPOSITE STRUCTURE.
(a) If necessary, carefully clean the surface to be painted with a

fine-grade MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-011) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002). Make sure that the primer layer
does not show.
R (b) Clean the surface with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026)
R and a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 705
Feb 01/08

CES
R (c) Remove the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) before it
becomes dry. Do not touch the prepared surface with your hand.
(d) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-031) to the prepared
area on the vertical stabilizer.
(3) Treatment before you apply the erosion-protective tape:
(a) Do a repair if the paint or primer layers are damaged (Ref. TASK
51-75-12-300-001).
(4) Repair of the erosion-protective tape:
R (a) Apply the new erosion-protective tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

R No. 05-065) or SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-132) to the
R leading edge surface (Ref. ASRM 51-75-12-001).
(5) Application of the bonding and adhesive compound:
R (a) After 1 hour after you applied the erosion-protective tape:

R
R - Apply a layer of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-017A) to the edges of the erosion-protective tape and
R the leading edge surface.
NOTE : Refer to the manufacturers data for the time necessary for
____
R the bonding and adhesive compound to dry.
R NOTE : It is recommended that you apply the bonding and adhesive

____
R compound, but it is not mandatory.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-32-11-942-053
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 706
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-32-11-865-055
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE.

EFF :

ALL 55-32-11

Page 707
Feb 01/04

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The trailing-edge of the vertical stabilzer has four access panels installed
on each side. The access panels are attached to the rudder hinge arms, the
panel support frames and to flanges on the spar-box side shells.
2. Component
__________________
location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Description
___________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-152, 201-204,
A. Trailing Edge Structure
(1) The panel support frames are made of laminations of Carbon Fiber
Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). They are attached to the rudder hinge
arms.
(2) The trailing-edge access panels are identified: 325BL, 325CL, 325DL,
325EL (left-hand side) and 325BR, 325CR, 325DR, 325ER (right-hand
side). The access panels are made of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(CFRP) and Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) laminations on a
honeycomb core. The panels are attached to the flanges of the
spar-box side shells as follows: access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL,
325CR and 325DL with piano hinges and screws; access panels 325DR,
325EL and 325ER with quick-release fasteners. Quick-release fasteners
also attach the panels to the rudder hinge arms and to the panel
support frames. Access panels 325CL and 325CR are only attached to
the rudder hinge arms, panel support frames are not installed for
these panels.
(3) The hinged panels have a lever assembly so that you can safety the
panels in the open position for maintenance practices.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 153-199, 205-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
A. Trailing Edge Structure
(1) The panel support frames are made of sheet metal. They are attached
to the rudder hinge arms.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Vertical - Stabilizer Trailing Edge
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) The trailing-edge access panels are identified: 325BL, 325CL, 325DL,
325EL (left-hand side) and 325BR, 325CR, 325DR, 325ER (right-hand
side). The access panels are made of Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(CFRP) and Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) laminations on a
honeycomb core. The panels are attached to the flanges of the
spar-box side shells as follows: access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL,
325CR and 325DL with piano hinges and screws; access panels 325DR,
325EL and 325ER with quick-release fasteners. Quick-release fasteners
also attach the panels to the rudder hinge arms and to the panel
support frames. Access panels 325CL and 325CR are only attached to
the rudder hinge arms, panel support frames are not installed for
these panels.
(3) The hinged panels have a lever assembly so that you can safety the
panels in the open position for maintenance practices.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 153-199, 205-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
55-33-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 55-33-00-200-001
Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Trailing Edge Access-Panels for Missing

Fasteners
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
55-33-00-991-001 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 601
Feb 01/03

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-33-00-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the
vertical stabilizer trailing edge.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 602
Feb 01/03

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-33-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-33-00-210-050
A. Do an inspection of the vertical stabilizer trailing edge access-panels

for missing fasteners
R (1) Make sure that the studs (4) and the washers (5) are installed and in
R the correct condition.
(2) If necessary, open/remove the trailing edge access-panels (Ref. TASK

55-33-13-010-002):
(a) Make sure that the receptacles (1) are installed and in the
correct condition.
(b) Replace/install the receptacles (1) as necessary.
R (c) Make sure that the washers (3) and the snap-rings (2) are
R installed at the studs (4) and in the correct condition.
R (d) If necessary replace/install the washers (3) and/or the

R snap-rings (2).
(3) Replace the missing fasteners within 100 flight hours.
R (a) Make sure that the new studs (4) have a washer (5) and (3) and a
R snap-ring (2).
NOTE : You can temporarily replace a missing fastener by a

____
fastener from another panel. Make sure that the
replacement fastener has the same size and the same length
as the missing one. Obey the criteria in the subsequent
table when you remove a fastener from any other panel.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 603
Aug 01/03

CES
R Vertical Stabilizer Trailing Edge Access-Panels

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 604
Aug 01/03

CES
R Vertical Stabilizer Trailing Edge Access-Panels

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 605
Aug 01/03

CES
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Panel | Vertical Stabilizer Missing | Maximum Quantity of |
| Designation | Fasteners Description | Missing Fasteners |
| | (Refer to the No. 1 zones on the | per Panel |
| | figure) | |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325EL | One missing fastener permitted. | Seven missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325ER | One missing fastener permitted. | Seven missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325DL | One missing fastener permitted. | Five missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325DR | One missing fastener permitted. | Six missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325CL | One missing fastener permitted. | Four missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325CR | One missing fastener permitted. | Four missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325BL | One missing fastener permitted. | Four missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
|-------------|----------------------------------|----------------------------|
| 325BR | One missing fastener permitted. | Four missing fasteners |
| | | permitted. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-33-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
items.
(2) If necessary, close/install the trailing edge access-panels

(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 606
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-33-00-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE

EFF :

ALL 55-33-00

Page 607
Feb 01/03

CES
TRAILING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________
TASK 55-33-13-010-002
Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
55-33-13-991-002 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 201
Aug 01/02

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-13-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-33-13-864-052
00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-33-13-941-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
(2) Put the rudder pedals in a neutral position.
(3) Put the adjustable access platform in position.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 202
Aug 01/02
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 55-33-13-991-002)
Subtask 55-33-13-020-051
A. Open/Remove the access panels.
(1) For access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR and 325DL:
NOTE : The opening procedure for one access panel is given; the
____
procedures for all access panels are almost the same.
(a) Release the studs (1) and carefully open the access panel.
R
(b) Remove the quick release pin (5) from the lever assembly (2).
(c) Align the holes (3) and (4) and install the quick release pin (5)
through the two holes.
(2) For access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR:
NOTE : The removal procedure for one access panel is given; the
____
(a) Release the studs (6).
(b) Hold the panel and release the studs (1).
(c) Remove the access panel.

R

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 203
Aug 01/02

CES
R Trailing Edge Access-Panels
Figure 201/TASK 55-33-13-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 204
Aug 01/02

CES
TASK 55-33-13-410-002
Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL,

325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-33-13-991-002 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 205
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-13-860-051
(1) Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.
R (2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
(4) Make sure that the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-33-13-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 206
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 55-33-13-991-002)
Subtask 55-33-13-420-051
A. Close/Install the access panels.
R (1) Do a check for the condition of the sealant on the panel attach
R surfaces. If necessary, replace the sealant:
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R (a) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013)
R to the rear surfaces of the trailing edge access panels.
R NOTE : Do not apply release agent to the bonding points.

____
R (b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the panel attach
R surfaces of the rudder hinge arms and the spar-box flanges.
R NOTE : Do not apply sealant to the bonding points.

____
items.
R (3) For access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR and 325DL:
NOTE : The closing procedure for one access panel is given; the
____
(a) Remove the quick release pin (5).
(b) Slowly move the access panel to the closed position until you can
install the quick release pin (5) in the pin stowage hole (4).
(c) Fully close the access panel.
(d) Tighten the studs (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 207
Aug 01/02

CES
R (4) For access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR:
NOTE : The installation procedure for one access panel is given; the
____
(a) Put the access panel in position and install but do not tighten
the studs (6) at this time.
R (b) Make sure that the clearance A between the access panels is 1.0
R +3.0 -0.0 mm (0.0393 +0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
R
R (c) Make sure that the clearance B between the access panels and
R the rudder is 1.0 +3.0 -0.0 mm (0.0393 +0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
R (d) Tighten the studs (6).
R (e) Tighten the studs (1).
R (5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the clearance between the
access panels.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R (6) Remove unwanted sealant with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-33-13-942-054
A. Close Access
Subtask 55-33-13-865-058
breaker(s):
19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 208
Aug 01/02

CES
TRAILING EDGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 55-33-13-000-001
Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL,
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 55-33-13-010-002 Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
R 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
R 325BR
55-33-13-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 401
Aug 01/01

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-33-13-864-050
B. Depressurize the Blue, Green and Yellow aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-33-13-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
(2) Put an adjustable access platform in position.
(3) Put the rudder panels in a neutral position.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 402
Aug 01/01
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-33-13-991-001)
Subtask 55-33-13-020-052
A. Remove the Access Panels
(1) For access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR and 325DL:
____
(a) Release the studs (8) and open the access panel (15) (Ref. TASK
R 55-33-13-010-002).
(b) Remove the cotter pin (12), the washer (13) and the
lever-assembly attach pin (14).
(c) Hold the access panel (15) and remove the hinge attach screws
(11).
(d) Remove the access panel (15).
(2) For access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR:
____
(a) Release the studs (16).
(b) Hold the access panel and release the studs (17).
(c) Remove the access panel.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 403
Aug 01/01

CES
Vertical Stabilizer-Trailing Edge
Figure 401/TASK 55-33-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-33-13-400-001
Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR,

325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nonmetallic scraper.

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 cotter pin 55-33-04 02 -040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-33-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-13-860-052
(1) Make sure that the warning notice is in position in the cockpit to
depressurized(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 406
Nov 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 55-33-13-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-33-13-560-051
C. If you install a new hinged access panel (325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR or
325DL), you must do the subsequent:
(1) Remove the lever assembly (7) from the old access panel:
(a) Remove the screws (9) and the washers (10).
(b) Remove the lever assembly (7), together with the lanyard (5) and
the bracket (6).
(c) Remove the old sealant from the bracket (6).
(2) Install the lever assembly (7) on the new access panel:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the panel attach surfaces
of the bracket (6) and the rear of the access panel (15).
(b) Put the lever assembly (7), together with the lanyard (5) and the
bracket (6), in position.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 407
Aug 01/02
R
CES
(c) Install the screws (9) and the washers (10) and TORQUE the screws
to 0.3 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
Subtask 55-33-13-560-050
D. Prepare the components for installation.
(1) Remove the old sealant from the panel attach surfaces on the rudder
hinge arms and the spar-box flanges. You must remove the sealant with
a nonmetallic scraper.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(2) Clean the panel attach surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008).
(3) Examine the panel attach stud-nuts installed on the spar box flanges,
the rudder hinge arms and the panel support frames. Make sure that
they are in a satisfactory condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-33-13-991-001)
Subtask 55-33-13-420-052
A. Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
_______
MATERIAL.
R (1) Apply the release agent, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to
R the rear mating surfaces of the trailing edge access-panels.
R NOTE : Do not apply the release agent to the bonding points.

____
R the panels, the rudder hinge arms and the spar-box flanges.
R NOTE : Do not apply the sealant to the bonding points.

____

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 408
Nov 01/03

CES
R NOTE : The installation procedure for one access panel is given, the
____
R procedures for all the trailing edge access-panels are almost
R the same.
R (3) For the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR and 325DL:
R (a) Put the access panel (15) in position.

R
R (b) Install the screws (11), but do not fully tighten them at this
R time.
R (c) Install the pin (14), the washer (13) and the cotter pin (12).
R (d) Close the access panel (15) (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002), but do
not tighten the studs (8) at this time.
R (4) For the access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR:
R (a) Put the access panel in position.

R
R (b) Install the studs (16), but do not fully tighten them at this
R time.
(5) Adjust the access panel to the correct postion:
R (a) Make sure that the distance between the access panels at a is 1
+3 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
(b) Make sure that the clearance between the rear of the access panel
and the rudder at b is 1 mm (0.0393 in.).
R (6) Tighten the screws (11) and the studs (16).
R (7) For the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR and 325DL:
R (a) Tighten the screws (11) and make sure that the bonding is correct
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004) .
R
(b) Tighten the studs (8).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 409
Nov 01/03

CES
R (8) For the access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR:
(a) Tighten the studs (16).
(b) Tighten the studs (17).
R (9) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the clearance between the
R access panels.
R (10) Remove the unwanted sealant with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-33-13-865-051
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE
Subtask 55-33-13-410-055
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 410
Nov 01/03

CES
R TASK 55-33-13-000-003
R Removal of the Foil from the Access-Holes on the Vertical Stabilizer Rear-Spar
_______
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized

R Configuration before Maintenance Action
R 325BR
R 55-33-13-991-005 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 411
Feb 01/08

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 55-33-13-865-059
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 55-33-13-864-053
R B. Depressurize the Blue, Green and Yellow aircraft hydraulic systems

R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R Subtask 55-33-13-010-054
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flight controls.
R (2) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
R to the vertical stabilizer (1).
R (4) Remove the trailing edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 412
Feb 01/08

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-33-13-991-005)
R Subtask 55-33-13-020-053
R A. Removal of the Foil from the Access-Holes
R (1) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and remove the varnish and sealant from
R the area around the access-hole of the rear spar (2).
R (2) Remove and discard the damaged foil (3) from the rear spar (2).

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 413
Feb 01/08

CES
R Access-Holes on the Vertical Stabilizer Rear-Spar
R Figure 402/TASK 55-33-13-991-005

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 414
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 55-33-13-400-003
Installation of the Foil on the Access-Holes on the Vertical stabilizer

Rear-Spar
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 415
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R ASRM 55-33-13-101
55-33-13-991-005 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-33-13-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 416
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 55-33-13-860-053
(1) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position in the cockpit to
(2) Make sure that the Blue, Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position adjacent to the
vertical stabilizer (1).
Subtask 55-33-13-100-050
C. Cleaning
(1) Clean the area around the access-hole of the rear spar (2), with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a clean lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-33-13-991-005)
Subtask 55-33-13-420-053
A. Installation of the Foil on the Access-Holes
R (1) Install the new foil (3) on the access-hole of the rear spar (2). The
R partnumber of the foil is given in (Ref. ASRM 55-33-13-101).
R (2) Use the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) and attach the foil (3) in
R position.
(3) Allow the sealant to dry.
(4) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) on the
sealant and foil (3), for protection.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 417
Feb 01/09

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 55-33-13-410-056
R A. Close Access
R (1) Install the trailing edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
R Subtask 55-33-13-865-061
R breaker(s):
R 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2,
R 19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE.

EFF :

ALL 55-33-13

Page 418
Feb 01/08

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER TIP - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The vertical stabilizer tip is the upper fairing with the identification
R 324AT
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R 3. Description
___________
R A. Vertical Stabilizer Tip Structure
R (1) The vertical stabilizer tip is made of laminations of Glass Fiber

R Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) on a honeycomb core. It is attached to the
R leading-edge end-rib and the stabilizer spar box. Countersunk screws
R are used to attach it.
R (2) A light-alloy lightning conductor is bonded along the top of the tip.
R Two lightning conductors are laminated to the left-hand and
R right-hand outer surface. A fourth lightning conductor is laminated
R to the inner surface of the tip. A static discharger is attached to
R the lightning conductor on the top of the tip.
R (3) The vertical stabilizer tip has a hoisting point. The hoisting point
R has a threaded sleeve which is bonded into the tip. When hoisting
R point is not in use, a plastic insert is fitted in the threaded
R sleeve. The hoisting point is covered with a self adhesive disc which
R makes a smooth surface with the contour of the tip.

EFF :

ALL 55-34-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Vertical Stabilizer Tip
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-34-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
TIP - VERTICAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 55-34-11-000-001
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane
R 98A55308440000 1 SLING - UNIVERSAL, TAIL PLAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-34-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-34-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-34-11-864-050
00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-34-11-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 402
Feb 01/00
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-34-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-34-11-020-054
R A. Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
(1) Remove the static discharger (2) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
R (3) Attach the SLING - DORSAL FIN, LEADING EDGES, END CAP
R (98D55307531001) or the SLING - UNIVERSAL, TAIL PLAN (98A55308440000)
R to the crane.
R (4) Prepare the vertical stabilizer tip for the removal:
R (a) Remove and discard the self-adhesive disc from the lift points.
R (b) Remove the plastic plugs from the lift points.
R (c) Install the lift lugs (4) with the eye end out of the tip (1).
R (d) Attach the sling to the lift lugs (4).
(5) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cable.
(6) Lift the tip (1) clear of the vertical stabilizer and put it on a
support.

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 403
Feb 01/08

CES
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 324AT
Figure 401/TASK 55-34-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-34-11-400-001
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nonmetalic scraper

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98A55308440000 1 SLING - UNIVERSAL, TAIL PLAN

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 405
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013A C Z-24.223

RELEASE AGENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-34-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-34-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that warning notices are in position in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-34-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-34-11-991-001)
Subtask 55-34-11-560-050
A. Prepare the Vertical Stabilizer Tip for Installation
(1) Remove the sealant from the mating surfaces along the spar-box and
the leading- edge rib with a nonmetalic scraper.
(5) Examine the anchor nuts on the leading-edge rib and the spar-box for
good condition.

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 407
Aug 01/00

CES
Subtask 55-34-11-420-052
R B. Install the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
_______
MATERIAL.
R the tip (1). Do not apply sealant to the bonding points.
R
R (2) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A)
R along the mating surfaces of the spar box and the leading-edge rib.
R Do not apply special material to the bonding points.
R
R (3) Attach the SLING - DORSAL FIN, LEADING EDGES, END CAP
R (98D55307531001) or the SLING - UNIVERSAL, TAIL PLAN (98A55308440000)
R to the lift lugs (4).
(4) Put the tip (1) in position.
(5) Install and TORQUE the screws (3) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39
and 44.24 lbf.in).
R (6) Make sure that the electrical bonding between the vertical stabilizer
R lightning-conductor and the THS bonding leads is:
R - Not more than the maximum permitted resistance value (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
R
R (7) Make sure the clearance A around the tip is 1 +3 -0 mm (0.0393
+0.1181 -0.0000 in.).
R (9) Remove the lift lugs (4).
R (10) Install the plastic plugs in the lift points.
R (11) Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-052) on the lift points.
R (12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) in the space around the tip
R (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 408
Feb 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-34-11-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 55-34-11-865-052
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1,
14CC2, 15CC, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE

EFF :

ALL 55-34-11

Page 409
Feb 01/98

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Three pairs of primary attach fittings and three transverse-load fittings
attach the vertical stabilizer to the fuselage.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. ___________
Description
The primary attach fittings of the left-hand and right-hand side are
laminated with the side shells. They are found at:
- the front spar,
- the center spar,
- the rear spar.
The transverse-load fittings are laminated with the spar webs. Each
transverse-load fitting has two attachment points.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
Vertical Stabilizer Attach Fittings
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________
TASK 55-36-00-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Attach Fittings Including

the Load Introduction Area at the Skin Panels
_______
_______
DAMAGE.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 601
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-55-11-000-001 Removal of the Fairings 323AL/323AR

53-55-11-400-001 Installation of the Fairings 323AL/323AR
ASRM 55-31-00-101 (for corrective action)
55-36-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-36-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the fairings 323AL and 323AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-11-000-001).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(2) Carefully clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-003) and a lint-free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-36-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-36-00-210-050
A. Do a detailed visual inspection of the vertical stabilizer attach

fittings including the load introduction area at the skin panels.
NOTE : If necessary, refer to the ASRM (Ref. ASRM 55-31-00-101) for the
____
correct repair procedure.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 602
Nov 01/04

CES
Inspection Area
Figure 601/TASK 55-36-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 603
Nov 01/04
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-36-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the fairings 323AL and 323AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-00

Page 604
Nov 01/04
R
CES
ATTACH FITTINGS - HINGE ARM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 55-36-41-000-001
Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SL40-290-3125 1 TBD
SL90-350-7500 1 TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454
R

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-33-13-000-001 Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
55-36-48-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Support Strut
55-42-13-000-001 Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
Attach Fitting No. 7
ASRM 51-42-11-001
55-36-41-991-001 Fig. 401
55-36-41-991-002 Fig. 402
55-36-41-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-36-41-860-051
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-003).
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons:
- Not to pressurize the hydraulic systems
- Not to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 402
Aug 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 55-36-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-36-41-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Get access to the hinge arm fittings No. 1 thru 5.
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(b) Remove the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325BR, 325CR, 325DR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).
(c) Remove the access panels 325AL, 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 403
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 55-36-41-010-053
D. Get Access
(1) Get access to the hinge arm fitting No. 6.
(b) Remove the access panels 325DL, 325EL, 325DR, 325ER (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-000-001).
(c) Remove the rudder support strut (16) (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-000-
001).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-36-41-010-054
E. Get Access
(b) Remove the access panels 325EL, 325ER (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-
001).
(c) Remove the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-
001).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-36-41-010-054-A
E. Get Access
(b) Remove the access panels 325EL, 325ER (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-
001).
(c) Remove the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Remove the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-
001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-36-41-991-001)
Subtask 55-36-41-020-050
A. Remove the hinge arm fitting installed at the rudder bearing No. 1 thru 5
R CAUTION : IF YOU MUST REPLACE MORE THAN ONE VERTICAL STABILIZER HINGE
_______
R ARM, DO NOT REMOVE THE RUDDER. IF YOU REMOVE THE RUDDER, THERE
R IS A RISK THAT THE RUDDER WILL NOT BE CORRECTLY ALIGNED WHEN
R YOU INSTALL IT AGAIN.
NOTE : The removal procedures are given for the hinge arm fitting No. 1.
____
The removal procedures for the hinge arm fittings No. 2 thru No. 5
are almost the same.
R NOTE : Only remove one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-36-41-991-001)
(1) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-
5625) and remove the tab washer (6) from the slotted nut (5).
(2) Remove the slotted nut (5) with the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF
NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625).
(3) Remove the hinge bolt (1) the washer (2) and the retaining plate (3).
(4) Remove the top and bottom bushes (4).
(5) Remove the screw (8) and the bonding strap (7) from the plate (9).
(6) Remove the Hi-Lock rivets (Ref. ASRM 51-42-11-001) from the hinge arm
(10) and the plate (9).
(7) Remove the hinge arm fitting (11).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 405
Nov 01/07

CES
Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru 5
Figure 401/TASK 55-36-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 406
Feb 01/02
R
CES
Subtask 55-36-41-020-053
B. Remove the hinge arm fitting installed at the rudder bearing No.6
CAUTION : IF YOU MUST REPLACE MORE THAN ONE VERTICAL STABILIZER HINGE
_______
ARM, DO NOT REMOVE THE RUDDER. IF YOU REMOVE THE RUDDER, THERE
IS A RISK THAT THE RUDDER WILL NOT BE CORRECTLY ALIGNED WHEN
YOU INSTALL IT AGAIN.
NOTE : Only remove one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-36-41-991-002)
(1) Remove the rudder support strut (12) (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-000-001).
(2) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454 (SL90-350-
R (3) Remove the slotted nut (2) with the TBD (SL40-290-3125).
(4) Remove the hinge pin (11) and the retaining plate (9) with the washer
(10).
(5) Remove the bushes (8) and (1).
(6) Remove the screw (5) and the bonding strap (4).
(7) Remove the Hi-Lock rivets (Ref. ASRM 51-42-11-001) and the plate (7).
Subtask 55-36-41-020-054
C. Remove the hinge arm fitting at the rudder bearing No.7
_______
NOTE : Only remove one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 55-36-41-991-003)
(1) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Hinge Arm Fitting No. 6
Figure 402/TASK 55-36-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 408
Feb 01/02
R
CES
R Hinge Arm Fitting No.7
Figure 403/TASK 55-36-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 409
May 01/08

CES
(2) Remove the slotted nut (5) with the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF
NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-5625).
(3) Remove the hinge bolt (1), the washer (2) and the retaining plate
(3).
(4) Remove the top and bottom bushes (4).
R (5) Remove the screws (8) and the bonding straps (7).
(6) Remove the Hi-Lock rivets (Ref. ASRM 51-42-11-001) and the plate (9).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 410
May 01/08

CES
TASK 55-36-41-400-001
Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
R
R SL90-349-7500 1 TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 411
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 bushes 27-21-04 15A-040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

after Replacement of the Rudder Hinge-Arm Fittings
27-21-41-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Rudder
27-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Rudder

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 412
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55-33-13-400-001 Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels

325BR
55-34-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
55-36-48-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Support Strut
55-42-13-400-001 Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
ASRM 51-42-11-001
ASRM 55-36-42-201
55-36-41-991-001 Fig. 401
55-36-41-991-002 Fig. 402
55-36-41-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-36-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Make sure that the applicable trailing edge access-panels and the
rudder fairings are removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001) (Ref. TASK
53-55-12-000-001).
tell persons:
- Not to pressurize the hydraulic systems
- Not to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 413
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 55-36-41-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
Subtask 55-36-41-420-050
A. Install the hinge arm fittings No. 1 thru 5

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-36-41-991-001)
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 414
Nov 01/07

CES
_______
NOTE : The installation procedures are given for the hinge arm fitting
____
No. 1. The installation procedures for the hinge arm fittings No.
2 thru No.5 are almost the same.
R NOTE : Only replace one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
(1) If necessary, remove unwanted sealant from the hinge arm with a
R SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (2) Clean the hinge arm with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(4) If necessary, prepare the replacement components (Ref. ASRM 55-36-42-

201).
R (5) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the faces of the hinge
R arm fitting (11) and the plate (9).
R (6) Put the hinge arm fitting (11) and the plate (9) in position and
install the Hi-Lock rivets (Ref. ASRM 51-42-11-001).
R (7) Put the bonding strap (7) in position and install the screw (8)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (8) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the edges of the hinge
R arm fitting (11).
R NOTE : Obey the sealant manufacturers curing time instructions before

____
R you apply structure paints.
R (9) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to the edges of the
R hinge arm fitting (11).
R (10) If the rudder was removed, install the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-
400-001).
NOTE : Do not install the rudder unless a minimum of six hinge arm
____
fittings are installed.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 415
Nov 01/07

CES
R (11) If the rudder was not removed, you must continue as follows:
(a) Make sure that the bushes (4) are in the correct condition
(Ref. TASK 27-21-41-200-001).
(b) If necessary, replace the bushes (4).
R (c) Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 002) to the bushes (4) and install the bushes (4).
NOTE : Make sure that the bottom bush does not fall out.
____
(d) Install the retaining-plate (3) and the washer (2).
R (e) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the hinge bolt
R (1).
(f) Install the hinge bolt (1) and the slotted nut (5).
(g) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-

5625) and TORQUE the slotted nut (5) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(h) Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
313-5625) and install the tab washer (6) on the slotted nut (5).
Subtask 55-36-41-420-053
B. Install the hinge arm fitting at rudder bearing No. 6
_______
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 55-36-41-991-002)
R NOTE : Only replace one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
R (1) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the faces of the hinge
R arm fitting (6) and the plate (7).
R (2) Put the hinge arm fitting (6) and the plate (7) in position and
R (3) Put the bonding strap (4) in position and install the screw (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 416
Nov 01/07

CES
(4) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the edges of the hinge
arm fitting (6).
NOTE : Obey the sealant manufacturers curing time instructions before

____
you apply structure paints.
(5) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to the edges of the
hinge arm fitting (6).
(6) If the rudder was removed, install the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-
400-001).
____
(7) If the rudder was not removed, you must do as follows:
(a) Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) to the bushes and install the bushes (8) and (1).
____
(b) Install the retaining plate (9) and the washer (10).
(c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the hinge pin
(11).
(d) Install the hinge pin (11) and the slotted nut (2).
(e) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-374-

7500) and TORQUE the slotted nut (2) to 12.0 m.daN (88.49
lbf.ft).
R (f) Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
R 349-7500) and install the tab washer (3) on the slotted nut (2).
(8) Install the rudder support strut (12) (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-400-001).
Subtask 55-36-41-420-054
C. Install the hinge arm fitting at the rudder bearing No.7
_______

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 417
Feb 01/09

CES
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 55-36-41-991-003)
NOTE : Only replace one hinge arm fitting at a time.

____
(1) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the faces of the hinge
arm fitting (10) and the plate (9).
(2) Put the hinge arm fitting (10) and the plate (9) in position and
R (3) Put the bonding straps (7) in position and install the screws (8)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the edges of the hinge
arm fitting (10).
NOTE : Obey the sealant Manufacturers curing time instructions before

____
you apply structure paints.
(5) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to the edges of the
hinge arm fitting (10).
(6) If the rudder was removed, install the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-
400-001).
____
(7) If the rudder was not removed, you must continue as follows:
(a) Make sure that the bushes (4) are in the correct condition
(Ref. TASK 27-21-41-200-001).
(b) If necessary, replace the bushes (4).
(c) Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) to the bushes and install the bushes (4).
____
(d) Install the retaining plate (3).
(e) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the hinge bolt
(1).
(f) Install the hinge bolt (1) with the washer (2) and the slotted
nut (5).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 418
May 01/08

CES
(g) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-
5625) and TORQUE the slotted nut (5) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(h) Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
313-5625) and install the tab washer (6) on the slotted nut (5).
Subtask 55-36-41-720-050
D. Test
(1) Do the functional test of the rudder mechanical control after

replacement of the rudder hinge-arm fittings (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-720-
003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-36-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access of the hinge arm fittings No. 1 thru No. 5.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Install the trailing edge access-panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL,

325BR, 325CR, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).
(c) Install the rudder fairings 325AL, 325AR (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-
001).
(d) Remove the warning notices from the aircraft.
(e) Remove the access platform(s).
(f) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special
and standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 55-36-41-410-053
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access of the hinge arm fitting No. 6.
other items.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 419
May 01/08
R
CES
(b) Install the trailing edge access-panels 325DL, 325EL, 325ER,
325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).
(c) Remove the warning notices from the aircraft.
(d) Remove the access platform(s).
(e) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-36-41-410-054
C. Close Access
other items.
(b) Install the trailing edge access-panels 325EL, 325ER (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-400-001).
(c) Install the vertical stabilizer tip (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-400-001).
(d) Remove the warning notices from the aircraft.
(e) Remove the access platform(s).
(f) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-36-41-410-054-A
C. Close Access
other items.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Install the trailing edge access-panels 325EL, 325ER (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-400-001).
(c) Install the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-400-001).
(d) Install the vertical stabilizer tip (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-400-001).
(e) Remove the warning notices from the aircraft.
(f) Remove the access platform(s).
(g) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-36-41-865-054
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 5CC1, 14CC1,
14CC2, 15CC, 16CE1, 16CE2.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-41

Page 421
May 01/08
R
CES
SUPPORT STRUT - RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 55-36-48-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Support Strut
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- to inspect and/or to replace the rudder bearing No. 6,

- to remove/install the rudder,
- to remove/install the rudder hinge arm fitting No. 6.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific groove nut wrench
98D27207508000 1 FIXTURE - VERT. STABILIZER/RUDDER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 325BR
55-36-48-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 401
Aug 01/01

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-36-48-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-36-48-864-050
00-00-864-001).
R Subtask 55-36-48-010-050-A
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flight controls.
R (2) Put the access platform in postion.
R (3) Open the access panel 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (4) Remove the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
R 002).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 402
Aug 01/01

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-36-48-991-001)
Subtask 55-36-48-020-050
A. Remove the Rudder Support Strut
(1) Install the FIXTURE - VERT. STABILIZER/RUDDER (98D27207508000).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pins (2).
(3) Remove the lockwashers (5) and remove the nuts (4) with a groove nut
wrench.
(4) Remove the washers (3), the bolts (1) and the rudder support strut
(9).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
Rudder Support Strut
Figure 401/TASK 55-36-48-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-36-48-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Support Strut
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety wire MS 20995-C25

98D27207508000 1 FIXTURE - VERT. STABILIZER/RUDDER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 27-21-04 15A-240

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 405
May 01/03

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 27-21-00-720-002 Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control

325BR
55-36-48-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-36-48-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the Green, Blue and/or Yellow hydraulic system is(are)
(2) Make sure that the vertical and horizontal stabilizer are safe.
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325DL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
(4) Make sure that the access panels 325EL, 325ER and 325DR are removed
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-36-48-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-36-48-991-001)
Subtask 55-36-48-420-051
A. Install the Rudder Support Strut
(1) Put the rudder support strut (9) in position.
(2) If you install a new rudder support strut (9) adjust the length of
the strut as follows:
(3) Loosen the nuts (7).
(4) Turn the fork-ends (6) to adjust the length.
(5) Tighten the nuts (7).
(6) Safety the nuts (7) with safety wire MS 20995-C25.

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 407
Aug 01/01
R
CES
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (1) and
install them.
(8) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (4) and tighten.
(9) Safety the nuts (4) with the lockwashers (5).
(10) Install the cotter pins (2) cotter pin (2).
R (11) Remove the FIXTURE - VERT. STABILIZER/RUDDER (98D27207508000).
Subtask 55-36-48-865-052
breaker(s):
22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3
Subtask 55-36-48-700-050
R C. Do the fuctional test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-21-
R 00-720-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-36-48-410-050-A
A. Close Access
R
items.
R (2) Close the access panel 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
R (3) Install the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
410-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-36-48

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
RUDDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________
1. _______
General
R The rudder is made as one unit. It is attached to hinge arms on the trailing
R edge of the vertical stabilizer. The rudder hinge line lies on the 70 % line
R of the vertical stabilizer and rudder assembly.
R You can deflect the rudder up to 30 degrees either side of neutral. Three
R servo control units control the deflection of the rudder.
R The rudder main structure is made of laminations of Carbon Fiber Reinforced
R Plastic (CFRP).
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R 3. Description
___________
R A. Rudder Structure
R (1) The main structure of the rudder has a front spar, two side shells
R and an upper and a lower rib. Seven rudder attachment fittings and
R three actuator fittings are attached to it. A bearing at the rudder
R attachment fitting No. 6 holds the vertical load of the rudder. You
R can remove the bearing.
R (2) The rudder has a tip which is made of light alloy. Countersunk screws
R attach it to the rudder main structure.
R (3) A fillet fairing is installed to the lower end of the rudder main
R structure. It closes the gap below the rudder main structure when the
R rudder is in neutral position.
R (4) Three hoisting points are installed in each side shell. Each hoisting
R point has a threaded sleeve which is bonded into the side shell and a
R hoisting lug. When they are not in use, the hoisting points make a
R smooth surface with the outer contour of the side shells. When you
R use the hoisting points you must remove the hoisting lugs and install
R them in an opposite position. Then the eye ends come out of the side
R shells contour.
R (5) Four static dischargers are installed to the upper part of the
R rudder. They permit the discharge of static electricity from the
R aircraft.
R

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Rudder
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________
TASK 55-40-00-210-001
Special Detailed Inspection of the Rudder Side Panels in the Area of the Rudder
R Bearings and around the Trailing Edge Fasteners and Hoisting Points (LH/RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive cloth, grade 280

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 601
Feb 01/02

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Composite Material
51-75-12-300-003 Repair of Minor Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
325BR
ASRM 51-75-11-001
ASRM 55-41-00-101
R NTM 554003
R ASRM 55410001 (for corrective action)
55-40-00-991-001 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-40-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 602
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-40-00-860-052
_______
_______
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
flight controls.
Subtask 55-40-00-010-054
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the trailing edge access-panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325EL,
325BR, 325CR, 325DR, 325ER (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at Zone 326.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 603
Aug 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 55-40-00-860-054
D. Preparation of the Inspection Areas

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-40-00-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the surfaces of the inspection areas are clean and
smooth.

_______
_______
AND 15 MINUTES.
HEAT.
(2) If necessary, clean the inspection areas with the CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-016) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
(3) If necessary, make the surface of the inspection areas smooth with
the abrasive cloth, grade 280.
(4) Make sure that you can clearly see the positions of the rivets in the
inspection areas.
(5) If necessary, remove the paint from the rivets in the inspection
areas (Ref. ASRM 51-75-11-001)
(6) Make sure the inspection areas are clean and dry before you continue.
(7) Do a visual inspection of the inspection areas. Look for damage and
defects in the shape of the external surface.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 604
Feb 01/01

CES
R Rudder Inspection Area
Figure 601/TASK 55-40-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 605
Aug 01/99

CES
(8) If you find damage :
- refer to the ASRM (Ref. ASRM 55-41-00-101) for the necessary data.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-40-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-40-00-210-050
A. Special Detailed Inspection
NOTE : Do the inspection procedures which follow in the sequence given

____
below.
(1) Do a special detailed inspection of the honeycomb structure of the

rudder side panels LH/RH. Use the resonance frequency procedure (Ref.
R NTM 554003) and the ultrasonic procedure (Ref. NTM 554003) to inspect
for delamination and debonding of the panels. Do this in the areas
that follow:
- The rudder bearings
- The trailing edge fasteners
- The hoisting points.
R NOTE : The resonance frequency procedure (Ref. NTM 554003) and the
____
R ultrasonic procedure (Ref. NTM 554003) are the recommended
inspection procedures for this structure.
NOTE : If you apply high pressure with your hand to the rudder
____
composite side-panels:
- It is possible to hear a noise with the sound of a click
from the honeycomb core.
This noise has no effect on the condition of the rudder. The
rudder is servicable, if no delamination or debonding is
found during the inspection procedure.
R (2) If you find damage, refer to the ASRM (Ref. ASRM 55410001) for the
necessary data.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-40-00-370-050
A. Repair of the Surface Protection
(1) If necessary, repair the paint coatings in the inspection areas

(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-003) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 606
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 55-40-00-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE3,
22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3.
Subtask 55-40-00-410-055
R C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the trailing edge access-panels 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325EL,
325BR, 325CR, 325DR, 325ER (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 607
Aug 01/99

CES
TASK 55-40-00-210-003
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Side Panels Internal Surfaces
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-015C

X (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
55-44-11-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Tip
55-44-11-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Tip

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 608
Feb 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 55-40-00-010-051-A
R A. Get Access
R (1) Remove the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001).
R (2) Open and safety the access panels 325DL, 325CL, 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-
R 33-13-010-002).
R (3) Remove the access panel 325EL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (4) Remove and discard the aluminum tape from the lightening holes in the
R front spar.
R (5) Remove the rudder tip 326AT (Ref. TASK 55-44-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-40-00-210-052
A. Inspection
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the rudder side panels internal

surfaces.
NOTE : If you find damage refer to (Ref. ASRM 55-41-00-101).

____
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 55-40-00-410-051-A
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Cut and install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-015C) over the
R lighting holes on the front spar.
R (3) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
R 001B) around the edge of the lighting hole covers.
R (4) Install the rudder tip 326AT (Ref. TASK 55-44-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 609
Aug 01/01

CES
R (5) Close the access panels 325DL, 325CL, 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-
R 002).
R (6) Install the access panel 325EL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).
R (7) Install the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 610
Aug 01/01

CES
TASK 55-40-00-210-004
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Attach Fittings 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and

the Rudder Actuator Attach Fittings 1, 2 and 3
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 611
Aug 01/01

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 325BR
R 55-33-13-410-002 Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge
R Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL,
R 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
55-40-00-991-002 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-40-00-860-050
_______
_______
29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 612
Aug 01/01

CES
Subtask 55-40-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-40-00-010-052
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at Zone 320.
(2) Open and safety the access panels 325BL, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
Subtask 55-40-00-110-050
D. Cleaning
_______
MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 613
May 01/04

CES
_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 55-40-00-991-002)
Subtask 55-40-00-210-053
A. Inspection
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the rudder attach fittings 1, 2,

3, 4 and 5 and the rudder actuator fittings actuator 1, 2 and 3.
NOTE : If you find damage, refer to (Ref. ASRM 55-46-00-101).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-40-00-916-050

Subtask 55-40-00-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 614
Aug 01/01

CES
Rudder Attach Fittings 1 thru 5 and Actuator Attach Fittings 1, 2 and 3
Figure 602/TASK 55-40-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 615
Aug 01/99
R
CES
Subtask 55-40-00-865-059
breaker(s):

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 616
Aug 01/99
R
CES
TASK 55-40-00-210-005
R Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Attach Fittings 6 and 7
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 617
May 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
R 55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
R 55-34-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
55-42-13-000-001 Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
55-42-13-400-001 Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
55-40-00-991-003 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-40-00-860-051
_______
_______
29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 618
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 55-40-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-40-00-010-053
C. Get Access
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 619
May 01/05

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-40-00-010-053-A
C. Get Access
(4) Remove the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-000-001).
001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-40-00-110-051
D. Cleaning
_______
MATERIAL.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 620
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 55-40-00-991-003)
Subtask 55-40-00-210-054
A. Inspection
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the rudder attach fittings 6 and

7.
NOTE : If you find damage, refer to (Ref. ASRM 55-46-00-101).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-40-00-916-051

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
Subtask 55-40-00-410-054
B. Close Access
items.
001).

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 621
May 01/05

CES
Rudder Attach Fittings 6 and 7
Figure 603/TASK 55-40-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 622
Feb 01/02
R
CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 55-40-00-410-054-A
B. Close Access
items.
(4) Install the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-400-001).
001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 55-40-00-865-061
breaker(s):

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 623
Feb 01/10

CES
R TASK 55-40-00-220-001
R Special Detailed Inspection of Honeycomb Core of the Rudder side panel, LH/RH
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 554008-01
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific abrasive cloth, grade 280

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
R CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

R 29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R 29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
R ASRM 51-75-11-001
R ASRM 55-41-00-101
R ASRM 55410001
R NTM 554000
R 55-40-00-991-005 Fig. 604

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 624
Feb 01/10

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 55-40-00-865-070
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 55-40-00-860-059
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
R BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R (1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
R 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-003).
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 625
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 55-40-00-010-057
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at Zone
R 326.
R Subtask 55-40-00-860-060
R D. Preparation for Inspection

R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 55-40-00-991-005)
R (1) Make sure that the surfaces of the inspection areas are clean and
R smooth.

_______
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
R AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (2) If necessary, clean the inspection areas with the CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-016) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE

_______
R MADE OF CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
R (3) If necessary, make the surface of the inspection areas smooth with
R the abrasive cloth, grade 280.
R (4) Make sure that you can clearly see the positions of the rivets in the
R inspection areas.
R (5) If necessary, remove the paint from the rivets in the inspection
R areas (Ref. ASRM 51-75-11-001)

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 626
Feb 01/10

CES
R Honeycomb Core of the Rudder side panel, LH/RH
R Figure 604/TASK 55-40-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 627
Feb 01/10

CES
R (6) Make sure the inspection areas are clean and dry before you continue.
R (7) If you find damage :

R - refer to the ASRM (Ref. ASRM 55-41-00-101) for the necessary data.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 55-40-00-991-005)
R Subtask 55-40-00-220-050
R A. Special Detailed Inspection
R (1) Do a special detailed inspection of honeycomb core of the rudder side

R panel, LH/RH. Use the Thermographic Inspection procedure (Ref. NTM
R 554000) to inspect the rudder side panels for trapped water inside
R the honeycomb core cells.
R (2) If you find damage, refer to the ASRM (Ref. ASRM 55410001) for the
R necessary data.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 55-40-00-865-071
R A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 628
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 55-40-00-410-058
R B. Close Access
R items.

EFF :

ALL 55-40-00

Page 629
Feb 01/10

CES
RUDDER MAIN STRUCTURE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The rudder main structure has a front spar, two side shells and an upper and
a lower rib. The side shells are honeycomb constructions. The seven rudder
attach fittings and the three actuator attach fittings are also part of the
rudder main structure. All other components are attached to it.
2. __________________
Component Location
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C ALL
3. Description
___________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 201-210,
All components of the rudder main structure are made of laminations of

Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). Hi-Lok fasteners connect them, but
not the trailing edge. The side shells are installed to the front spar. In
the area of the rudder attach fittings the side shells have cut-outs for
clearance. Two rows of fasteners connect the side shells at the trailing
edge. The inner row has threaded inserts and countersunk screws, the outer
row has shear head rivets. Three hoisting points are bonded into each side
shell.

EFF :

ALL 55-41-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
Rudder Main Structure.
Figure 001

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-158, 55-41-00

Page 2
May 01/05

CES
Rudder Main Structure.
Figure 001A

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-41-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
All components of the rudder main structure are made of laminations of

Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP). Hi-Lok fasteners connect them, but
not the trailing edge. The side shells are installed to the front spar. An
access panel, installed in the left side shell, gives access to the No. 7
rudder attach fittings. The access panel is attached with countersunk
screws. At the other locations, cutouts in the side shells give access to
the adjacent attach fittings. Two rows of fasteners connect the side shells
at the trailing edge. The inner row has threaded inserts and countersunk
screws, the outer row has shear head rivets. Three hoisting points are
bonded into each side shell.

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-41-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES
ACCESS PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 55-42-13-000-001
Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 10.5 m (34 ft. 5 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-42-13-991-001 Fig. 401

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 401
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-42-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-42-13-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the hydraulic systems:
- In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
- On the ground service panels of the hydraulic systems.
(3) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons
(4) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the leading edge of
the rudder.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-42-13-991-001)
Subtask 55-42-13-020-050
A. Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7
(1) Remove the sealants from the joints between the access panel (3) and
the rudder leading edge (1) with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Hold the access panel (3) and remove the screws (2).

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7
Figure 401/TASK 55-42-13-991-001

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Remove the access panel (3) from the leading edge of the rudder (1).

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 404
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 55-42-13-400-001
Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 10.5 m (34 ft. 5 in.)

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-42-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-42-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 406
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-42-13-860-051
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the warning notices are position to tell persons not
to pressurize the hydraulic systems:
- In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
- On the ground service panels of the hydraulic systems.
(4) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position at the
leading edge of the rudder.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-42-13-991-001)
Subtask 55-42-13-210-050
A. Preparation for Installation
_______
MATERIAL.
(2) Examine the anchor nuts on the access panel (3) for good condition.
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area, with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating
surface of the access panel (3) as necessary.
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the mating surfaces of
the rudder leading edge (1) as necessary.

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-42-13-420-050
B. Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder Attach Fitting No. 7
items.
(2) Put the access panel (3) in position at the rudder leading edge (1)
and install the screws (2).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(3) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) into the joints between the
access panel (3) and the rudder leading edge (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-42-13-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
items.
Subtask 55-42-13-865-052
breaker(s):
15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

R

EFF : 106-149, 159-199, 211-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-42-13

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
RUDDER FILLET FAIRING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The rudder fillet fairing is installed at the lower end of the rudder. It
R fills the gap between the rudder and the fuselage when the rudder is in a
R neutral position.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R 3. ___________
Description
R The rudder fillet fairing is triangular.It is installed with countersunk
R screws. The fairing assembly is made of laminations of glass-fiber
R reinforced plastic.

EFF :

ALL 55-43-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Rudder Fillet Fairing
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-43-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
RUDDER FILLET FAIRING - INSTL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 55-43-19-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Fillet Fairing
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-43-19-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 401
Feb 01/98

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-43-19-010-050
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
Subtask 55-43-19-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 55-43-19-864-050
C. Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 402
Feb 01/99

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-43-19-991-001)
Subtask 55-43-19-020-050
A. Remove the Rudder Filet Fairing
(1) Remove the screws (2) and the cover assembly (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 403
Feb 01/98

CES
Rudder Fillet Fairing
Figure 401/TASK 55-43-19-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-43-19-560-002
Preparation of the Rudder Fillet Fairing for Installation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55-43-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-43-19-991-001)
Subtask 55-43-19-010-051
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-43-19-420-050
A. Prepare the Rudder Filet Fairing for Installation
(2) Examine all related anchor nuts for a good condition.
(3) If you have removed the sealing strips (6) and the plates (3) apply
the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the screws (5).
(4) Install the sealing strips (6), the plates (3), the washers (4) and
the screws (5) to the cover (1).

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 405
Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 55-43-19-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Fillet Fairing
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-43-19-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-43-19-860-050
(1) Make sure the warning notices are in position to tell persons not to
operate the flight controls.
(2) Make sure that the Green, Blue and Yellow system is depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-43-19-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 407
Feb 01/99

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-43-19-991-001)
Subtask 55-43-19-420-051
A. Install the Rudder Fillet Fairing

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the screws (2).
(2) Put the cover assembly (1) in position.
(3) Install and tighten the screws (2).
(4) With your hand move the rudder to both sides to make sure that the
rudder fillet fairing does not touch the tail cone.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-43-19-865-053
breaker(s):
19CE3, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3
Subtask 55-43-19-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 408
Feb 01/98

CES

EFF :

ALL 55-43-19

Page 409
Feb 01/98

CES
RUDDER TIP - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The rudder tip is the uppermost fairing of the rudder. It has the
designation 326AT.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. ___________
Description
R The rudder tip is made of light alloy. It is fitted to the left and right
R side shells and the upper rib. Screws attach it.
R The rudder tip is also a lightning conductor. A retainer for a static
R discharger is installed on top of the tip.

EFF :

ALL 55-44-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Rudder Tip
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-44-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
RUDDER TIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 55-44-11-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Tip
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 11 m (36 ft. 1 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-238, 301-307,

R 401-499,
55-44-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 401
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-44-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-44-11-864-050
A. Make sure that the Green, Blue and /or Yellow hydraulic system is(are)
depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-44-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-44-11-941-050
(1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
(2) Put an access platform in position at Zone 360.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-44-11-020-051
A. Remove the Rudder Tip
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-238, 301-307,

401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-44-11-991-001)
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-44-11-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Carefully remove the sealant around the rudder tip.
(2) Remove the screws (5), the washers (4) and the nuts (3).
(3) Remove the screws (6) and the rudder tip (1).
(4) Remove the static discharger (2) (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10

CES
Rudder Tip
Figure 401/TASK 55-44-11-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-234, 236-238, 301-307, 401-499,
55-44-11

Page 404
Feb 01/08

CES
Rudder Tip
Figure 401A/TASK 55-44-11-991-001-A

R

EFF : 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-44-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 55-44-11-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Tip

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-238, 301-307,

401-499,
55-44-11-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
55-44-11-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-44-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 360.

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 55-44-11-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-44-11-420-050
A. Install the Rudder Tip
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-234, 236-238, 301-307,

401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-44-11-991-001)
R **ON A/C 235-235, 239-249, 251-299, 308-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 55-44-11-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
items.
(5) Put the rudder tip (1) in position.
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the screws (5) and (6).
(7) Install and TORQUE the screws (6) to between 0.15 and 0.25 m.daN
(13.27 and 22.12 lbf.in).
(8) Install the screws (5), the washers (4) and the nuts (3).
(9) Make sure that the electrical bonding between the rudder tip (1) and
the rudder is not more than the maximum permitted value (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002).
(11) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the rudder tip
assembly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-44-11-942-050
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 409
Feb 01/07

CES
Subtask 55-44-11-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE.

EFF :

ALL 55-44-11

Page 410
Feb 01/07

CES
RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The rudder attach fittings are installed at the front spar of the rudder.
There are seven rudder attach fittings and three actuator attach fittings.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R 3. Description
___________
R A. Attach Fittings Location
R (1) The rudder attach fittings attach the rudder to hinge arms at the
R rear spar of the vertical stabilizer.
R (2) They are attached in line with the ribs of the vertical stabilizer
R spar-box as follows:
R - the attach fitting No. 1 in line with rib No. 2,
R - the attach fitting No. 7 in line with rib No. 11.
R (3) The actuator attach fittings AC1, AC2 and AC3 attach the rudder to
R the actuator of the servo control units. They are installed between
R the rudder attach fitting No. 2 and the rudder attach fitting No. 5.
R (4) All the attach fittings are made of aluminum alloy. They are riveted
R to the front spar and to the side shells of the rudder. Hi-Loks are
R used for the installation.
R (5) The hinge bolts through the bearings connect the rudder to the hinge
R arms of the vertical stabilizer spar-box.
R (6) Only the attach fitting No. 6 holds the vertical load of the rudder.
R (7) The attach fitting No. 1 is installed together with a fork for the
R connection of the rudder position transmitter.

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

CES
Rudder Attach Fittings
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 55-46-00-200-001
Inspection of the Rudder Hinge Bearings 1 thru 7 for Axial or Radial Movement
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27208657000 1 DEVICE - FREEPLAY, RUDDER BEARING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied

from the External Power
27-21-41-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Rudder
55-33-13-010-001 Opening of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
55-33-13-410-001 Closing of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
55-36-41-000-001 Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7
55-36-41-400-001 Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No.
7
R 55-36-48-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Support Strut
55-46-11-400-001 Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6
55-46-00-991-001 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 601
Aug 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-46-00-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to pressurize
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)
Subtask 55-46-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-46-00-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL 325ER at the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-46-00-991-001)
Subtask 55-46-00-200-050
A. Inspection
(1) Inspect the rudder hinge bearings 1 thru 7 for axial and radial play.
Do this for one hinge arm bearing at a time.
R NOTE : If you cannot install the DEVICE - FREEPLAY, RUDDER BEARING

____
easily, make small movements with the rudder.
(a) For the rudder hinge bearings 1 thru 5 and 7:
R NOTE : The tool PN 98D27208657042 from the DEVICE - FREEPLAY,

____
R RUDDER BEARING tool kit is applicable for the inspection
of the bearings 1 thru 5 and 7.
1
_ Remove the nut, the washers, the hinge bolt and the bushes
(Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001).
2
_ Do the inspection, and a check of the dimensions, of the
removed components (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-200-001).
R
R 3
_ Install the tool PN 98D27208657042 from the DEVICE - FREEPLAY,
R RUDDER BEARING tool kit with the small diameter of the pin (2)
R from below the bearing.
R NOTE : For the rudder hinge bearing 7, the pin (2) can also be
____
R installed from above the bearing.
R 4
_ Install the sleeve (1) over the pin (2). Tighten the sleeve
R (1) with your hand.
R
R 5
_ Use two hands to move the tool PN 98D27208657042 in the axial
R and radial directions. Do this to find bearing play or
R movement.
R
R 6
_ If there is no sign of bearing play or movement, remove the
R tool PN 98D27208657042. Install the bushes, the hinge bolt,
R the washers and the nut (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 603
Aug 01/08

CES
R Inspection of the Rudder Hinge Bearings
Figure 601/TASK 55-46-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 604
Aug 01/08

CES
7
_ If you find bearing play or movement, replace the hinge arm
(Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001).
8
_ Do the steps 1_ thru 7_ again for the applicable hinge arm
bearings 1 thru 5 and 7.
(b) For the rudder hinge bearing 6:
NOTE : The tool PN 98D27208657040 from the DEVICE - FREEPLAY,

____
RUDDER BEARING tool kit is applicable for the inspection
of the bearing 6.
R 1
_ Remove the rudder support strut (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-000-001).
R
2
_ Remove the nut, the hinge pin, the washers and the bushes
(Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001).
3
_ Do the inspection of the removed components (Ref. TASK 27-21-
41-200-001).
4
_ Intall the tool PN 98D27208657040 from the DEVICE - FREEPLAY,
RUDDER BEARING tool kit with the small diameter of the pin (3)
from below the bearing.
5
_ Install the sleeve (4) over the pin (3). Tighten the sleeve
(4) with your hand.
6
_ Use two hands to move the tool PN 98D27208657040 in the axial
and radial directions. Do this to find bearing play or
movement.
7
_ If there is no sign of bearing play or movement, remove the
tool PN 98D27208657040. Install the bushes, the washers, the
hinge pin and the bushes (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001).
8
_ If you find bearing play or movement, install a new bearing
(Ref. TASK 55-46-11-400-001).
R
R 9
_ Install the rudder support strut (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-46-00-865-051
breaker(s):
15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2.
Subtask 55-46-00-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER on the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer,
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-00

Page 606
Aug 01/08
R
CES
HINGE BEARING NO. 6 - RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 55-46-11-000-001
Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D55307528000 1 TOOL SET - R,I RUDDER BEARING NO. 6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-46-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 401
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-46-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 55-46-11-864-050
B. Make sure tha the Green, Blue and/or Yellow hydraulic system is(are)
depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-001).
Subtask 55-46-11-010-050
C. Get Access
flight controls.
R (3) Remove the access panels 325EL, 325DL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-33-
R 13-000-001).
(4) Remove the rudder support strut (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-000-001).
(5) Remove the hinge arm fitting (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 402
Aug 01/01

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-46-11-020-050
A. Remove the rudder hinge bearing No. 6.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-46-11-991-001)
(1) Release both tabs of the retaining ring (3).
R (2) Remove the ring nut (4) with the TOOL SET - R,I RUDDER BEARING NO. 6.
(3) Remove the bearing (2).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 403
Nov 01/08

CES
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 401/TASK 55-46-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 404
Feb 01/98

CES
TASK 55-46-11-400-001
Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (5.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
98D55307528000 1 TOOL SET - R,I RUDDER BEARING NO. 6

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 405
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
55-36-41-400-001 Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No.
7
55-46-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 55-46-11-860-050
(1) Make sure the warning notice is in position in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the flight controls.
(2) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 406
Nov 01/08

CES
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 326.
(4) Make sure that the access panels 325EL, 325DL, 325ER, and 325DR are
removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).
(5) Make sure that the rudder support strut is removed (Ref. TASK 55-36-
48-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the hinge arm fitting No. 6 is removed (Ref. TASK 55-
36-41-000-001).
Subtask 55-46-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 55-46-11-420-050
A. Install the rudder hinge bearing No. 6.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 55-46-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the sealant from the rudder attach fitting with the
nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 407
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bearing (2).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer surfaces stay clean.

____
(6) Install the bearing (2) in the rudder attach fitting.
(7) Install the retaining ring (3) and the ring nut (4). TORQUE the ring
R nut (4) to 6.0 m.daN (44.24 lbf.ft) with the TOOL SET - R,I RUDDER
R BEARING NO. 6.
(8) Safety the ring nut (4) with the retaining ring (3).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(9) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the bearing (2) and the
ring nut (4).
(10) Install the hinge arm fitting (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001).
(11) Install the rudder support strut (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-400-001).
Subtask 55-46-11-865-052
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 16CE1, 15CE2, 16CE2,
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3.
Subtask 55-46-11-720-050
C. Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-21-

00-720-002).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 408
Nov 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 55-46-11-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Install the access panels 325EL, 325DL, 325ER, 325DR (Ref. TASK 55-
R 33-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 55-46-11

Page 409
Aug 01/01

CES

Nammcesa 000035 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammcesa 000035 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1- 4 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

55-13-11 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-14-11 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-16-48 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-20-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

55-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 106-149, 159-199, 211-249,

55-31-11 TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

55-32-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-33-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-36-41 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

55-36-48 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

55-40-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

55-41-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-42-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-44-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

55-46-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 55-10-11 409 Feb01/98 55-12-11 709 Aug01/08

55-15-11 406 Nov01/08 55-16-34 605 Feb01/98 55-20-00 R 602 Feb01/10

55-22-00 1 Feb01/98 55-30-00 611 Feb01/08 55-32-11 412 May01/05

55-33-13 418 Feb01/08 55-40-00 2 Feb01/98 55-43-19 405 Nov01/08

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX 55-11-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER LEADING 55-12-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRAILING 55-13-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TIPS 55-14-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER APRON 55-15-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH 55-16-00

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ATTACH 55-16-00

ELEVATOR SPAR BOX 55-21-00

ELEVATOR LEADING EDGE 55-22-00

ELEVATOR TIPS AND INBOARD END CAPS 55-24-00

ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS 55-26-00

ELEVATOR ATTACH FITTINGS 55-26-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER SPAR BOX 55-31-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE 55-32-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE 55-33-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE 55-33-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER TIP 55-34-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-36-00

VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-36-00

RUDDER MAIN STRUCTURE 55-41-00

RUDDER FILLET FAIRING 55-43-00

RUDDER TIP 55-44-00

RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-46-00

RUDDER ATTACH FITTINGS 55-46-00

A. Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).

B. Primary Structural Components.

R Detailed Inspection of Horizontal Stabilizer Internal Structure of Torque Box

Refer to the MPD TASK: 551012-01

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

A. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

C. Install Locking Devices

(1) Open the access doors 312AR, 314AR.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 55-10-00-991-001)

(1) Make a detailed inspection of the horizontal stabilizer internal

(1) Close the access doors 312AR, 314AR.